Lexus GS300 Wiring Diagram Manual EWD171U

Lexus GS300 Wiring Diagram Manual EWD171U
FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide
information on the electrical system of the 1995 LEXUS GS300.
Applicable models:
JZS
147 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the above
models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the
following manuals:
Manual Name
1995 LEXUS GS300 Repair Manual
Volume 1
Volume 2
1995 LEXUS New Car Features
Pub. No.
RM406U1
RM406U2
NCF110U
All information in this manual is based on the latest product
information at the time of publication. However, specifications
and procedures are subject to change without notice.
TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
NOTICE
When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal,
installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair
manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint
system malfunction.
1
INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:
No.
Section
Description
INDEX
Index of the contents of this manual.
INTRODUCTION
Brief explanation of each section.
B
HOW TO USE THIS
MANUAL
Instructions on how to use this manual.
C
TROUBLE–
SHOOTING
Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D
ABBREVIATIONS
Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
E
GLOSSARY OF
TERMS AND
SYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F
RELAY LOCATIONS
Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G
ELECTRICAL
WIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
H
POWER SOURCE
(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical
loads.
INDEX
Index of the system circuits.
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through
ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and
classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the
section, “How to use this manual”).
The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also
contained in this section.
J
GROUND POINTS
Shows ground positions of all the parts described in this manual.
K
OVERALL
ELECTRICAL
WIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
A
I
2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by
dividing them into a circuit for each system.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source
is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown
with the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where
the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying
power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground
Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit
to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to find
each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring
harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal
wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection
within a junction block.
Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from
, to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagram
at the end of this manual.
3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different
to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
4
A
: System Title
B
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only
the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the
J/B.
Example:
C
J
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the
numeral indicates the pin No.)
B
= Black
L
BR
= Brown
LG = Light Green
V
G
= Green
O
= Orange
W = White
P
= Pink
Y
GR = Gray
Explanation of pin use.
= Blue
= Violet
= Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the
second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example:
L–Y
(Blue)
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only
include those in the specification.
D
R = Red
K
: Connector Color
(Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for the
Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” for
the Body).
Example:
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
E
: (
) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,
etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or
specification is different.
F
: Indicates related system.
G
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness
connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is
shown with arrows (
).
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the
shaded section.
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and
wiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’s
location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the
Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the
Body and Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and second
letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),
this indicates the same type of wiring harness and
wiring harness connector.
H
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The
code is the same as the code used in parts position.
I
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.
and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction
Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other
parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for
further clarification).
L
: Page No.
M
: Indicates a shielded cable.
N
: Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)
indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the
Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and
Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and
Surrounding area.
O
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and male
connectors.
Example:
Numbered in order
from upper left to
lower right
Numbered in order
from upper right to
lower left
Example:
3B indicates
that it is inside
Junction Block
No. 3.
P
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the
parts connector name used in the wire routing section
is shown in square brackets [
].
5
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Q
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL
RELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW
CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL
3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILL
POINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
2.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL
3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL
2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.
THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.
THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT
BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3.
DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2
FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW
STOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4.
PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF
THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL
7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR
IS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.
SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
R
SERVICE HINTS
P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW ON UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW ON AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW ON DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
S
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
SEE PAGE
21
P4
21
P3
21
P5
21
T
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
1
U
16
RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3B
V
SEE PAGE
14
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1
26
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1
26
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
W
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IC
X
SEE PAGE
24
GROUND POINT LOCATION
COWL LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
6
CODE
P2
SEE PAGE
24
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
P6
SEE PAGE
21
Q : Explains the system outline.
R : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
S
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order
in parts starting with the letter.
Example: P 4
Part is 4th in order
Power Window Master SW
T
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the
system circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the
instrument panel.
U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system
circuit.
Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this
manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
V
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female
wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described
on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
X
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
HINT
Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5,
J6, J7, J8, J9, J10, J11, J12, J13) in this
manual include a short terminal which is
connected to a number of wire harnesses.
Always perform inspection with the short
terminal installed. (When installing the wire
harnesses, the harnesses can be connected
to any position within the short terminal
grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the
same position in the short terminal may be
connected to a wire harness from a different
part.)
Wire harness share the same short terminal
grouping have the same color.
7
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)
transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are
explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit
Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
8
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When
troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the
problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points (
,
, and
shown below) can also be
checked this way.
J
GROUND POINT
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
9
TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK
(a)
Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:
(b)
– Ignition SW on
– Ignition SW and SW 1 on
– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good
ground point or negative battery terminal, and the
positive lead to the connector or component terminal.
This check can be done with a test light instead of a
voltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK
(a)
(b)
Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.
Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check
again.
When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side
and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be
continuity.
When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no
continuity.
(c)
10
Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V
minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
(a)
Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.
(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.
(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.
Example:
– Ignition SW on
– Ignition SW and SW 1 on
– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)
(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.
The short lies between the connector where the test
light stays lit and the connector where the light goes
out.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking
the problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:
(a)
(b)
Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless
absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,
the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)
When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) of
the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body or
clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads
from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE
CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the
wire harness.
HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting
before pulling apart.
11
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL
(with terminal retainer or secondary locking
device)
1.
PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please
construct and use the special tool or like object shown
on the left.
2.
DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
3.
DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR
TERMINAL RETAINER
(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the
terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal
removed from the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the
secondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:
Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector
body.
For Non–Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: The needle insertion position varies according
to the connector’s shape (number of terminals
etc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“Case 1”
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary
lock position.
“Case 2”
Open the secondary locking device.
12
For Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: Terminal retainer color is different
according to connector body.
Example:
Terminal Retainer: Connector Body
Black or White : Gray
Black or White : Dark Gray
Gray or White
: Black
“Case 1”
Type where terminal retainer is pulled up
to the temporary lock position (Pull Type).
Insert the special tool into the terminal
retainer access hole ( Mark) and pull the
terminal retainer up to the temporary lock
position.
HINT: The needle insertion position varies
according to the connector’s shape
(number of terminals, etc.), so check the
position before inserting it.
“Case 2”
Type which cannot be pulled as far as
Power Lock insert the tool straight into the
access hole of terminal retainer as shown.
13
TROUBLESHOOTING
Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock
position.
(c)
4.
INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR
(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:
1.
Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.
2.
Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.
3.
Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.
(b)
5.
14
Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the
terminal out from rear.
Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer
into the full lock position.
CONNECT CONNECTOR
TROUBLESHOOTING/ABBREVIATIONS
DISCONNECTION AND CONNECTION OF BOLT
TYPE CONNECTORS
For engine control module (engine and electronically controlled
transmission ECU) in this vehicle, connectors are used which
require a bolt built into the connector to be screwed down to
securely connect the connector.
1.
Disconnect the connector
After completely loosening the bolt, the two parts of the
connector can be separated.
2.
NOTICE:
Do not pull the wire harness when disconnecting the
connector.
Connect the connector
NOTICE:
Before connecting the connector, always check that the
terminals are not bent or damaged.
(a) Match the guide section of the male connector
correctly with the female connector, then press them
together.
(b) Tighten the bolt.
Make sure the connectors are completely connected,
by tightening the bolt until there is a clearance of less
than 1 mm (0.04 in.) between the bottom of male
connector and the end of female connector.
ABBREVIATIONS
The following
ABS
A/C
A/T
COMB.
ECU
EFI
EGR
EVAP
ISC
J/B
LH
O/D
abbreviations are used in this manual.
= Anti–Lock Brake System
= Air Conditioning
= Automatic Transmission
= Combination
= Electronic Control Unit
= Electronic Fuel Injection
= Exhaust Gas Recirculation
= Evaporative Emmission
= Idle Speed Control
= Junction Block
= Left-Hand
= Overdrive
PPS
R/B
RH
SRS
SW
TDCL
TEMP.
TRAC
VSV
w/
w/o
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Progressive Power Steering
Relay Block
Right–Hand
Supplemental Restraint System
Switch
Total Diagnostic Communication Link
Temperature
Traction Control
Vacuum Switching Valve
With
Without
* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated
as being abbreviations.
15
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
BATTERY
Stores chemical energy and
converts it into electrical energy.
Provides DC current for the auto’s
various electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)
A small holding unit for temporary
storage of electrical voltage.
HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight
filament to heat up and emit light.
1. SINGLE
FILAMENT A headlight may have either a
single (1) filament or a double (2)
filament.
2. DOUBLE
FILAMENT
HORN
An electric device which sounds a
loud audible signal.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
An electric resistance heating
element.
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit
breaker will heat and open if too
much current flows through it. Some
units automatically reset when cool,
others must be manually reset.
IGNITION COIL
Convert low–voltage DC current
into high–voltage ingition current
for firing the spark plugs.
DIODE
A semiconductor which allows
current flow in only one direction.
(for Medium Current Fuse)
(for High Current Fuse or
Fusible Link.)
16
DIODE, ZENER
A diode which allows current flow
in one direction but blocks reverse
flow only up to a specific voltage.
Above that potential, it passes the
excess voltage. This acts as a
simple voltage regulator.
LIGHT
Current flow through a filament
causes the filament to heat up
and emit light.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIA
Channels high–voltage current
from the ignition coil to the
individual spark plugs.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)
Upon current flow, these diodes
emit light without producing the
heat of a comparable light.
FUSE
A thin metal strip which burns
through when too much current
flows through it, thereby stopping
current flow and protecting a
circuit from damage.
METER, ANALOG
Current flow activates a magnetic
coil which causes a needle to
move, thereby providing a relative
display against a background
calibration.
FUSIBLE LINK
A heavy–gauge wire placed in
high amperage circuits which
burns through on overloads,
thereby protecting the circuit.
The numbers indicate the cross–
section surface area of the wires.
GROUND
The point at which wiring attaches
to the Body, thereby providing a
return path for an electrical circuit;
without a ground, current cannot
flow.
FUEL
M
METER, DIGITAL
Current flow activates one or
many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent
displays, which provide a relative
or digital display.
MOTOR
A power unit which converts
electrical energy into mechanical
energy, especially rotary motion.
RELAY
1. NORMALLY
CLOSED
2. NORMALLY
OPEN
Basically, an electrically
operated switch which may
be normally closed (1) or
open (2).
Current flow through a
small coil creates a
magnetic field which either
opens or closes an
attached switch.
SPEAKER
An electromechanical device
which creates sound waves from
current flow.
SWITCH, MANUAL
1. NORMALLY
OPEN
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW
A relay which passes current
through one set of contacts or the
other.
2. NORMALLY
CLOSED
Opens and
closes circuits,
thereby
stopping (1) or
allowing (2)
current flow.
RESISTOR
An electrical component with a
fixed resistance, placed in a circuit
to reduce voltage to a specific
value.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW
A switch which continuously
passes current through one set
of contacts or the other.
RESISTOR, TAPPED
A resistor which supplies two or
more different non adjustable
resistance values.
SWITCH,
IGNITION
A key operated switch with
several positions which allows
various circuits, particularly the
primary ignition circuit, to
become operational.
RESISTOR, VARIABLE OR
RHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with a
variable rate of resistance.
Also called a potentiometer or
rheostat.
SENSOR (Thermistor)
A resistor which varies its
resistance with temperature.
SWITCH, WIPER PARK
Automatically returns wipers to
the stop position when the wiper
switch is turned off.
SENSOR, ANALOG SPEED
Uses magnetic impulses to open
and close a switch to create a
signal for activation of other
components.
TRANSISTOR
A solidstate device typically used
as an electronic relay; stops or
passes current depending on the
voltage applied at “base.”
SHORT PIN
Used to provide an unbroken
connection within a junction block.
SOLENOID
An electromagnetic coil which
forms a magnetic field when
current flows, to move a plunger,
etc.
WIRES
(1) NOT
Wires are always
CONNECTED drawn as straight lines
on wiring diagrams.
Crossed wires (1)
without a black dot at
the junction are not
joined; crossed wires
(2) with a black dot or
octagonal ( ) mark at
the juction are spliced
(2) SPLICED
(joined) connections.
17
RELAY LOCATIONS
[Engine Compartment]
[Instrument Panel]
18
[Body]
2
: R/B No. 2
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
19
RELAY LOCATIONS
,,,
,,,
,,,: J/B No. 1
20
Left Kick Panel (See Page 18)
[J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit]
21
RELAY LOCATIONS
,,,
,,,
,,,: J/B No. 3
22
Behind the Instrument Panel Center
(See Page 18)
[J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit]
23
RELAY LOCATIONS
6
24
: R/B No. 6
Left Kick Panel (See Page 18)
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
1 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor
2 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single
Pressure SW)
3 A/C Lock Sensor and A/C Magnetic Clutch
4 ABS Actuator
5 ABS Actuator
6 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
7 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
B
1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
C
C
1 Condenser Fan Motor
2 Cruise Control Actuator
D
D
1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector)
2 Distributor
E
E
E
E
E
1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor
2 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid
3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp.
Sensor)
4 Engine Hood Courtesy SW
5 Engine Oil Level Warning SW
F
F
F
1 Fog Light LH
2 Fog Light RH
3 Front Airbag Sensor LH
26
F
F
F
4 Front Airbag Sensor RH
5 Front Turn Signal Light and Clearance Light LH
6 Front Turn Signal Light and Clearance Light RH
G
G
1 Generator (Alternator)
2 Generator (Alternator)
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Headlight Cleaner Motor (for Canada)
Headlight Cleaner Relay (for Canada)
Headlight Hi LH
Headlight Hi RH
Headlight Lo LH
Headlight Lo RH
Horn (Low)
Horn (High)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve)
Igniter
Ignition Coil
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 6
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
J
1 Junction Connector
S
4 Sub Throttle Position Sensor
K
K
1 Knock Sensor (on Front Side)
2 Knock Sensor (on Rear Side)
M
1 Main Heated Oxygen Sensor
(on Front Side)
2 Main Heated Oxygen Sensor
(on Rear Side)
T
T
T
T
T
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
V
V
V
V
V
V
1 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 1
(for Combination Meter)
2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) No. 2
(for Electronically Controlled Transmission)
3 Volume Air Flow (Air Flow Meter)
4 VSV (for EGR)
5 VSV (for EVAP)
6 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up)
7 VSV (for Intake Control)
W
W
W
W
W
W
2
3
4
5
6
M
N
1 Noise Filter (for Ignition System)
O
O
1 O/D Direct Clutch Speed Sensor
2 Oil Pressure SW
P
P
P
1 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW),
Back–Up Light SW and A/T Indicator Light SW
2 Power Steering Pressure SW
3 PPS Solenoid
R
1 Radiator Fan Motor
S
S
S
1 Starter
2 Starter
3 Sub Throttle Actuator
V
1
Theft Deterrent Horn
Throttle Position Sensor
Traction Actuator
Traction Actuator
Traction Pump and Motor
Traction Solenoid Relay
Washer Level Warning SW
Washer Motor
Washer Temp. Sender
Water Temp. SW
Wiper Angle Control Motor
Wiper Motor
27
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Control Assembly
A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor
A/C Look Amplifier
A/C Room Temp. Sensor
A/C Solar Sensor
A/T Indicator Light (for Shift Lever)
ABS and Traction ECU
ABS and Traction ECU
ABS and Traction ECU
ABS ECU (w/o Traction Control)
ABS ECU (w/o Traction Control)
Air Inlet Control Servo Motor
Air Mix Control Servo Motor
Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor
Airbag Squib (for Driver’s)
Airbag Squib (for Passenger’s)
Automatic Light Control Sensor
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
3 Blower Motor
4 Blower Motor Control Relay
5 Blower Motor Control Relay
C
C
C
C
C
3
4
5
6
7
28
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
Cigarette Lighter
Clock
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination Meter
Combination SW
Combination SW
Combination SW
Cruise Control ECU
D 3 Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)
D 4 Daytime Running Light Relay
D 5 Diode (for Headlight Cleaner) (for Canada)
D 6 Diode (for Idle–Up)
D 7 Diode (for Traction Control)
D 23 Diode (for Interior Light)
D 24 Diode (for Interior Light)
E
E
B
B
B
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
E
6 Electronically Controlled Transmission Pattern
Select SW
7 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU)
8 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU)
F
7 Fuel Lid Opener SW
G
G
3 Glove Box Light
4 Glove Box Light SW
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
H
I
I
9 Hazard SW
I
10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light
11 Ignition SW, Unlock Warning SW and Key
Interlock Solenoid
12 Integration Relay
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
L
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector
Junction Connector (for Earth)
1 Luggage Compartment Door Open SW
M 5 Mobilephone
M 6 Mobilephone
M 10 Max Cool Control Servo Motor
N
3 Noise Filter
O
3 O/D Main SW
P
P
4 Parking Brake SW
5 PPS ECU
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
S 5
S 6
S 7
S 8
S 9
S 10
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Radio and Player
Rear Cigarette Lighter
Rear Cigarette Lighter Illumination
Remote Control Mirror SW
Rheostat
Seat Heater SW
Shift Lock ECU
Step Light LH
Step Light RH
Stop Light SW
Sub Heated Oxygen Sensor
T
7 Theft Deterrent ECU
T
8 Theft Deterrent ECU
T
9 Tilt and Power Telescopic ECU
T 10 Tilt and Power Telescopic ECU
T 11 Tilt and Power Telescopic Sensor and Motor
T 12 Traction Cut SW
T 13 Traction ECU
T 14 Traction ECU
W
W
W
7 Water Temp. Sensor (for A/C System)
8 Wiper Relay
9 Wireless Door Lock Main SW
29
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body
A
A
A
A
A
27
28
29
30
31
ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH
ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH
Ashtray Illumination Rear LH
Ashtray Illumination Rear RH
Auto Antenna Motor and Relay
C
C
C
C
16
17
18
19
CD Automatic Changer
CD Automatic Changer
Condenser LH
Condenser RH
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
D
Door Courtesy Light Front LH
Door Courtesy Light Front RH
Door Courtesy Light Rear LH
Door Courtesy Light Rear RH
Door Courtesy SW Front LH
Door Courtesy SW Front RH
Door Courtesy SW Rear LH
Door Courtesy SW Rear RH
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH
Door Lock Control SW RH
Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW
Front LH
20 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW
Front RH
30
D 21 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW
Rear LH
D 22 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW
Rear RH
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Front Door Speaker LH
Front Door Speaker RH
Front Personal Light
Fuel Lid Opener Motor
Fuel Pump
Fuel Pump ECU
Fuel Sender
H 10 High Mounted Stop Light
J
J
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
12 Junction Connector (for Earth)
13 Junction Connector (for Earth)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
License Plate Light LH
License Plate Light RH
Light Failure Sensor
Luggage Compartment Door Opener Motor
Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW
Luggage Compartment Light
Luggage Compartment Light SW
Position of Parts in Body
M
M
M
7 Moon Roof Control Relay
8 Moon Roof Control SW
9 Moon Roof Motor and Limit SW
N
2 Noise Filter (for Rear Window Defogger)
P
P
P
P
6
7
8
9
P
P
P
P
10
11
12
13
Power Window Control SW Front RH
Power Window Control SW Rear LH
Power Window Control SW Rear RH
Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control
SW
Power Window Motor Front LH
Power Window Motor Front RH
Power Window Motor Rear LH
Power Window Motor Rear RH
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Rear Combination Light LH
Rear Combination Light LH
Rear Combination Light RH
Rear Combination Light RH
Rear Door Speaker LH
Rear Door Speaker RH
Rear Personal Light LH
R
R
R
R
R
16
17
18
19
20
Rear Personal Light RH
Rear Window Defogger (+)
Rear Window Defogger (–)
Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater LH
Remote Control Mirror and Mirror Heater RH
S
S
S
S
S
S
11
12
13
14
15
16
Seat Belt Pretensioner Check Connector
Seat Belt Pretensioner LH
Seat Belt Pretensioner RH
Stereo Component Amplifier
Stereo Component Amplifier
Stereo Component Amplifier
T 15 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay
T 16 Telephone Transceiver and Speaker Relay
T 17 Tension Reducer Solenoid LH
T 18 Tension Reducer Solenoid RH
V
V
8 Vanity Light LH
9 Vanity Light RH
W 10 Wireless Door Lock ECU
W 11 Woofer Speaker
31
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Seat
B
B
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
6 Buckle SW LH
7 Buckle SW RH
14 Power Seat Control SW (for Driver’s Seat)
15 Power Seat Control SW (for Passenger’s Seat)
16 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Front Vertical
Control)
17 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Lumbar
Support Control)
18 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical
Control)
19 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Reclining
Control)
20 Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s Seat Slide Control)
21 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat Front
Vertical Control)
32
P 22 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat Lumbar
Support Control)
P 23 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat Rear
Vertical Control)
P 24 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat Reclining
Control)
P 25 Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s Seat Slide
Control)
S
S
S
S
17
18
19
20
Seat Heater (for Driver’s Seat Back)
Seat Heater (for Driver’s Seat Cushion)
Seat Heater (for Passenger’s Seat Back)
Seat Heater (for Passenger’s Seat Cushion)
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
34
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
EA2
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
EB1
EB2
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
EC1
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
ED1
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)
35
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
36
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
IC2
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IE1
IE2
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1
IF2
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO
NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1
IG2
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1
IH2
II1
IJ1
IJ2
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB NO. 1 WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH)
37
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
38
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IK1
IK2
IL1
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IM1
IM2
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IM3
IN1
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IO1
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IP1
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
39
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
40
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BQ1
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BR1
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BS1
BS2
BS3
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (UNDER THE LEFT SIDE OF REAR SEAT CUSHION)
BS4
41
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
42
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BT1
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT LH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)
BU1
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT RH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT RH SEAT)
43
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source
(Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
15A FOG
40A AM1
Short Pin
50A HEATER
Heater Relay
(Point Side)
Starter
Taillight Relay
(Coil Side)
Theft Deterrent
ECU
Generator
(Alternator)
Defogger Relay
(Point Side)
40A DEFOG
10A TAIL
Taillight Relay
(Point Side)
Battery
100A ALT
7.5A PANEL
60A ABS
20A STOP
7.5A SRS
30A POWER
ABS Motor Relay
(Point Side)
Traction Motor
Relay (Point Side)
40A ABS NO.2
Headlight Relay
(Coil Side)
50A MAIN
10A HEAD (LH–LWR)
7.5A ECU–B
Headlight Relay
(Point Side)
10A DOME
10A HEAD (RH–LWR)
7.5A DRL
25A RAD NO. 1
20A EFI
15A HEAD LH
20A HAZ–HORN
15A HEAD RH
15A AM2
30A IG2
Daytime Running
Light Relay No.2
(Point Side)
15A TEL
10A HEAD (LH–UPR)
10A HEAD (RH–UPR)
Starter Relay
(Point Side)
Daytime Running
Light Relay No.2
(Coil Side)
44
(1)
: J/B No. 1 (See page 20)
20
Daytime Running
Light Relay
Generator
(Alternator)
7.5A ALT SENSING
[LOCATION]
Starter
(2)
: R/B No. 2 (See page 19
19)
(3)
: J/B No. 6 (See page 23)
24
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
USA
Canada
w/ Traction Control
w/o Traction Control
10A ECU–IG
20A WIPER
15A GAUGE
Ignition Switch
(AM1)
10A TURN
Headlight Cleaner
Relay (for Canada)
Headlight Cleaner
Motor (for Canada)
15A SEAT–HTR
15A CIG
Blower Motor
Control Relay
Integration Relay
Light Control SW
[Comb. SW]
Automatic Light
Control Sensor
10A MIR–HTR
Noise Filter (for
Rear Window
Defogger)
Radiator Fan Main
Relay (Point Side)
10A TRAC
Traction Solenoid
Relay (Point Side)
ABS Solenoid
Relay (Point Side)
Rear Window
Defogger (+)
30A RDI FAN
Traction ECU
Traction
Actuator
ABS and
Traction ECU
ABS
Actuator
ABS ECU (w/o
Traction Control
Traction Pump
and Motor
ABS and
Traction ECU
Theft Deterrent ECU
Automatic
Light Sensor
Integration Relay
Light Control SW
[Comb. SW]
Dimmer SW
(Combo SW)
Daytime Running
Light Relay
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related
system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not
necessarily on the page indicated here.
45
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
15A
10A
20A
15A
10A
15A
10A
7.5A
20A
7.5A
30A
10A
7.5A
10A
25A
20A
20A
15A
CIG
ECU–IG
WIPER
GAUGE
TURN
SEAT–HTR
TAIL
PANEL
STOP
SRS
POWER
MIR–HTR
ECU–B
DOME
RAD NO. 1
EFI
HAZ–HORN
AM2
30A
15A
15A
30A
10A
10A
10A
10A
7.5A
15A
15A
IG2
TEL
FOG
CDS
HEAD (LH–UPR)
HEAD (RH–UPR)
HEAD (LH–LWR)
HEAD (RH–LWR)
DRL
HEAD LH
HEAD RH
30A
RDI FAN
C3 C5 C7
C8
Combination Meter
Clock
B7 C1
Cigarette Lighter
B6
Center Airbag Sensor
Assembly
Center Airbag Sensor
Assembly
Condenser Fan Motor
Ashtray Illumination
Rear LH
Ashtray Illumination
Rear RH
Auto Antenna Motor and
Relay
Brake Fluid Level
Warning SW
Automatic Light Control Sensor
ABS ECU (w/o Traction
Control)
ABS and Traction ECU
ABS and Traction ECU
A/T Indicator Light
(for Shift Lever)
A/C Lock Amplifier
A3 A8 A10 A12 A15 A16 A18 A20 A26 A29 A30 A31 B1
Buckle SW RH
A2
80
99 99 170
216 222 208 208 230 181 181 142 142 222
Buckle SW LH
CB or Fuse
A/C Control Assembly
Code or
Location
A/C Control Assembly
Parts
Location
99
214 99
230 230 230 230 230 159 159 159 154 112 99 99
170
A/C Single Pressure SW
[A/C Triple Pressure SW]
A/C Lock Sensor and A/C
Magnetic Clutch
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
C9
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
46
(1)
: J/B No. 1 (See page 20
20)
(2)
: J/B No. 2 (See page 19
19)
(3)
24
: J/B No. 6 (See page 23)
C9
C10
C11
C12
C13
Daytime Running Light
Relay
Diode (for Headlight
Cleaner) (for Canada)
Diode (for Idle–Up)
C14 C15 C18 C19 D1
Data Link Connector 2
(TDLC)
94
Data Link Connector 1
(Check Connector)
88 115 119 210 119 148 94
Condenser RH
Condenser LH
Cruise Control ECU
Light Control SW
[Comb. SW]
Wiper and Washer SW
[Comb. SW]
Headlight Cleaner SW
[Comb. SW]
Horn SW [Comb. SW]
80
90 210 88
Fog Light SW [Comb. SW]
170
222 99 181
Dimmer SW [Comb. SW]
Taillight Indicator
[Comb. Meter]
SRS Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Turn Signal SW
[Comb. Meter]
Wiper and Washer SW
[Comb. SW]
Combination Meter
Open Door Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Rear Light Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Seat Belt Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Charge Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
Combination Meter
High Beam Indicator Light
[Comb. Meter]
Turn Signal Indicator Light
[Comb. Meter]
ABS Warning Light
[Comb. Meter]
68 99
148 159
170 178 94 104
82 90 154 222
130 108 199 66
68
154 68 148 82
159 159 170 119
222 119 68
181 181
D3
D4
D6
D5
47
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
15A
10A
20A
15A
10A
15A
10A
7.5A
20A
7.5A
30A
10A
7.5A
10A
25A
20A
20A
15A
CIG
ECU–IG
WIPER
GAUGE
TURN
SEAT–HTR
TAIL
PANEL
STOP
SRS
POWER
MIR–HTR
ECU–B
DOME
RAD NO. 1
EFI
HAZ–HORN
AM2
30A
15A
15A
30A
10A
10A
10A
10A
7.5A
15A
15A
30A
IG2
TEL
FOG
CDS
HEAD (LH–UPR)
HEAD (RH–UPR)
HEAD (LH–LWR)
HEAD (RH–LWR)
DRL
HEAD LH
HEAD RH
RDI FAN
E7
Fog Light RH
E6
62 68 88 88
148 170
Fog Light LH
Electronically Controlled
Transmission Pattern
Select SW
Electronically Controlled
Transmission Solenoid
Engine Oil Level Warning
SW
D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D18 D23 D24 E2 E5
68
170
230
Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission
ECU)
99
170
94 170 222
Diode (for Interior Light)
Diode (for Interior Light)
Door Lock Control SW RH
Door Courtesy SW Rear RH
Door Courtesy SW Rear LH
Door Courtesy SW Front RH
94 94 94 94 94 130 94
130 130 130 130
Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission
ECU)
CB or Fuse
94
Door Courtesy SW Front LH
Code or
Location
94
Door Courtesy Light
Front LH
Door Courtesy Light
Front RH
Door Courtesy Light
Rear LH
Door Courtesy Light
Rear RH
Parts
Location
222 94
Diode (for Traction Control)
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
E8
F1
F2
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
48
(1)
: J/B No. 1 (See page20
20)
(2)
: J/B No. 2 (See page 19
19)
(3)
: J/B No. 6 (See page24
23)
68 222 66 99
222
F5
F6
Front Turn Signal Light and
Clearance Light LH
Front Turn Signal Light and
Clearance Light RH
Fuel Pump ECU
F7 F10 F11 F13 F14 G2 G3
G4
80
82
80
82
115 115 90
99
H2 H3 H4
H5 H6
Headlight Lo RH
Horn (Low)
H7 H8
68
68
68
68
68
68
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 6
Ignition Key Cylinder Light
H9 H10 I1
62
68 62
222
Ignition Coil
108 68
Igniter
Idle Air Control Valve
(ISC Valve)
High Mounted Stop Light
Hazard SW
Horn (High)
80
82
Headlight Lo LH
119 80
82
Headlight Hi RH
Headlight Hi LH
99
Headlight Cleaner Relay
(for Canada)
Glove Box Light SW
Glove Box Light
Generator (Alternator)
Fuel Sender
Fuel Lid Opener Motor
Front Personal Light
Fuel Lid Opener SW
90 90 130 94 130
130 130
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6
I7
I8
I9
I1O
94
49
15A
10A
20A
15A
10A
15A
10A
7.5A
20A
7.5A
30A
10A
7.5A
10A
25A
20A
20A
15A
CIG
ECU–IG
WIPER
GAUGE
TURN
SEAT–HTR
TAIL
PANEL
STOP
SRS
POWER
MIR–HTR
ECU–B
DOME
RAD NO. 1
EFI
HAZ–HORN
AM2
30A
15A
15A
30A
10A
10A
10A
10A
7.5A
15A
15A
30A
IG2
TEL
FOG
CDS
HEAD (LH–UPR)
HEAD (RH–UPR)
HEAD (LH–LWR)
HEAD (RH–LWR)
DRL
HEAD LH
HEAD RH
RDI FAN
L3 L4
L7
L8
M5 M7 M9 M10 N1
O2 O3
Park/Neutral Position SW
M2
Mobilephone
Luggage
Compartment Light
Luggage Compartment
Light SW
Light Failure Sensor
License Plate Light RH
License Plate Light LH
I12 L2
PPS Solenoid
I11
68
130
170 178
222
(Neutral Start SW), Back–Up
Light SW and A/T Indicator
Light SW
CB or Fuse
Integration Relay
Ignition SW, Unlock
Warning SW and Key
Interlock Solenoid
Location
Code or
Location
O/D Main SW
M1
Parts
Oil Pressure SW
68
Noise Filter (For Ignition
System)
68
Moon Roof Motor and
Limit SW
Max Cool Control Servo
Motor
104 94 94
119 104 104 108 130 130
62
111
159
144 194 194 230 62 222 170 187
Moon Roof Control Relay
62
68
148
181
Main Heated Oxygen
Sensor (on Rear Side)
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
58
66
130
170
222
Main Heated Oxygen
Sensor (on Front Side)
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
P1
P3
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
50
(1)
: J/B No. 1 (See page20
20)
(2)
: J/B No. 2 (See page 19
19)
(3)
: J/B No. 6 (See page24
23)
PPS ECU
P4
P5 P6 P7
Rear Cigarette Lighter
P9 P10 P11 P12 P13 P14 P15 P16 P17 P18 P19 P20 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 R1
R3
R5 R6 R7
Rear Turn Signal Light LH
[Rear Comb. Light LH]
Rheostat
Remote Control Mirror SW
Rear Cigarette Lighter
Illumination
Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s
Seat Front Vertical Control)
Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s
Seat Lumber Support Control)
Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s
Seat Rear Vertical Control)
Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s
Seat Reclining Control)
Power Seat Motor (for Passenger’s
Seat Slide Control)
Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s
Seat Front Vertical Control)
Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s
Seat Lumber Support Control)
Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s
Seat Rear Vertical Control)
Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s
Seat Reclining Control)
Power Seat Motor (for Driver’s
Seat Slide Control)
Radio and Player
P8
Radiator Fan Motor
Power Window Control SW
Front RH
Power Window Control SW
Rear LH
Power Window Control SW
Rear RH
Power Window Master SW
and Door Lock Control SW
Power Window Motor
Front LH
Power Window Motor
Front RH
Power Window Motor
Rear LH
Power Window Motor
Rear RH
Power Seat Control SW
(for Driver’s Seat)
Power Seat Control SW
(for Passenger’s Seat)
Parking Brake SW
99
99
222 178 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 230 216 142 99 122 218
218
222
90
R8 R9
51
15A
10A
20A
15A
10A
15A
10A
7.5A
20A
7.5A
30A
10A
7.5A
10A
25A
20A
20A
15A
CIG
ECU–IG
WIPER
GAUGE
TURN
SEAT–HTR
TAIL
PANEL
STOP
SRS
POWER
MIR–HTR
ECU–B
DOME
RAD NO. 1
EFI
HAZ–HORN
AM2
30A
15A
15A
30A
10A
10A
10A
10A
7.5A
15A
15A
30A
IG2
TEL
FOG
CDS
HEAD (LH–UPR)
HEAD (RH–UPR)
HEAD (LH–LWR)
HEAD (RH–LWR)
DRL
HEAD LH
HEAD RH
RDI FAN
R10
R11
R12
218
Stereo Component
Amplifier
S7
68
Sub Heated Oxygen Sensor
R15 R16 R19 R20 S5 S6
94
108
148
154
159
192
Stop Light SW
Seat Heater SW
Step Light LH
R9
Shift Lock ECU
CB or Fuse
Remote Control Mirror and
Mirror Heater LH
Remote Control Mirror and
Mirror Heater RH
Code or
Location
Rear Personal Light RH
108 104 111 108 104 94
Rear Personal Light LH
Parts
Location
108 104 111 108 104 90
Stop Light LH [Rear Combo.
Light LH]
Taillight LH [Rear Combo.
Light LH]
Back–Up Light LH [Rear
Combo. Light LH]
Stop Light LH [Rear Combo.
Light LH]
Taillight LH [Rear Combo.
Light LH]
Rear Turn Signal Light RH
[Rear Comb. Light RH]
Stop Light RH [Rear Combo.
Light RH]
Taillight RH [Rear Combo.
Light RH]
Back–Up Light RH [Rear
Combo. Light RH]
Stop Light RH [Rear Combo.
Light RH]
Taillight RH [Rear Combo.
Light RH]
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
122 122 99
94 214 214 206 192 94
Step Light RH
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
S8 S9 S10 S14
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
52
(1)
: J/B No. 1 (See page20
20)
(2)
: J/B No. 2 (See page 19
19)
(3)
: J/B No. 6 (See page24
23)
Theft Deterrent ECU
Tilt and Power Telescopic ECU
S17 S18 S19 S20 T1 T7
T8
T9
Vanity Light RH
V5 V6 V7 V8
V9
Wiper Motor
Wiper Angle Control Motor
Water Temp. SW
Water Temp. Sender
Washer Motor
94
Washer Level Warning SW
VSV (for Intake Control)
94
Vanity Light LH
V4
68 68
VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up)
V1
68
VSV (for EVAP)
VSV (for EGR)
T10 T11 T13 T14 T16 T17 T18
Vehicle Speed Sensor
(Speed Sensor) No.1 (for
Combination Meter)
Tension Reducer Solenoid RH
Tension Reducer Solenoid LH
Telephone Transceiver and
Speaker Relay
Traction ECU
Traction ECU
Tilt and Power Telescopic ECU
Tilt and Power Telescopic ECU
Theft Deterrent Horn
Theft Deterrent ECU
Seat Heater (for Driver’s
Seat B ack)
Seat Heater (for Driver’s
Seat Cushion)
Seat Heater (for
Passenger’s Seat Back)
Seat Heater (for Passenger’s
Seat Cushion)
124
68 148
124 130
170 178 68
130 138
206 206 206 206 130
187 187 187 159 159 144 208 208 222
194 194
222 210 222 230 210 210
W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6
53
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
CB or Fuse
15A
10A
20A
15A
10A
15A
10A
7.5A
20A
7.5A
30A
10A
7.5A
10A
25A
20A
20A
15A
CIG
ECU–IG
WIPER
GAUGE
TURN
SEAT–HTR
TAIL
PANEL
STOP
SRS
POWER
MIR–HTR
ECU–B
DOME
RAD NO. 1
EFI
HAZ–HORN
AM2
30A
15A
15A
30A
10A
10A
10A
10A
7.5A
15A
15A
30A
IG2
TEL
FOG
CDS
HEAD (LH–UPR)
HEAD (RH–UPR)
HEAD (LH–LWR)
HEAD (RH–LWR)
DRL
HEAD LH
HEAD RH
RDI FAN
Fog Light Relay (Point Side)
88 88
Fog Light Relay (Coil Side)
82
Daytime Running Light
Relay No. 4 (Coil Side)
Daytime Running Light
Relay No. 4 (Point Side)
Starter Relay (Coil Side)
IG2 Relay (Point Side)
62
62
230 230 230
82
68
130
Radiator Fan Main Relay
(Coil Side)
Radiator Fan Relay
(Coil Side)
Radiator Fan Relay
(Point Side)
IG2 Relay (Coil Side)
Horn Relay
Heater Relay (Coil Side)
EFI Main Relay (Point Side)
Daytime Running Light
Relay No. 3 (Coil Side)
Daytime Running Light
Relay No. 3 (Point Side)
ABS Solenoid Relay
A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay
Integration Relay
Location
Wiper Relay
Code or
Location
Defogger Relay (Coil Side)
Parts
Wireless Door Lock ECU
94
154 82 82 68
115 62
210 138 138 214 116 230
230
159 222 222 170
130 68
199
Wireless Door Lock Main
SW
*Page Nos. of
Related Systems
W8 W9 W10
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
[LOCATION]
54
(1)
: J/B No. 1 (See page20
20)
(2)
: J/B No. 2 (See page 19
19)
(3)
: J/B No. 6 (See page24
23)
Turn Signal Flasher
Power Main Relay
(Coil Side)
Power Main Relay
(Point Side)
124 124
130 130 90
194 194
55
POWER SOURCE
100A ALT
2
1
40A ABS NO. 2
11
W
W
2
B–L
2
TO GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
12
(*2)
2
7. 5A ECU–B
13
40A AM1
14
2
W–R
7
W–L
TO HEADLIGHT
CLEANER RELAY
(* 2)
1
8
5
3
4
EB1
W
2
W
SHORT PIN
10A DOME
11
50A HEATER
12
2
L–Y
5
W–L
32
25A RAD NO. 1
25
6
15A FOG
26
2
31
2
20A EFI
24
2
30
R–L
20A HAZ–H0RN
29
22
2
W
L–R
2
(* 3)
W–R
2
(* 3)
21
W
10A TRAC
(* 3)
23
G–Y
R
TO TRACTION
SOLENOID RELAY
(*3)
60A ABS
3
4
TO ABS SOLENOID
RELAY
30A IG2
27
28
2
RADIATOR FAN
MAIN RELAY
1
3
B–O
B–R
2
15A TEL
19
5
20
2
2
4
W–B
L
2
G–R
2
2
L
W–B
7. 5A ALT SENSING
17
18
2
W
15A AM2
15
16
2
5
EB2
W–R
W–R
W (* 2)
10
2
1
4
3
W (* 1)
2
W (* 1)
(* 2)
9
W (* 2)
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
50A MAIN
2
2
B
(* 2)
B–L
2
BATTERY
2
B
58
2
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 2
1
2
3
4
R–G
R–Y (* 2)
R–Y (* 2)
2
2
R–W
* 1 : USA
* 2 : CANADA
* 3 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL
W
I24
W
4
1E
5
3
1
2
10A TAIL
7. 5A PANEL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
20A STOP
7. 5A SRS
W
I11
IGNITION SW
W
4 AM1
Y
(* 2)
ACC 3
P–L
(* 1)
IG1 2
B–Y
ST1
W–R
11 AM2
2
1E
10
B–O
ST2 5
B–L
5
3
30A POWER
1
2
10A MIR–HTR
15A CIG
1G
3
1G
IG2 6
DEFOGGER
RELAY
40A DEFOG
10A ECU–IG
20A WIPER
15A GAUGE
10A TURN
15A SEAT–HTR
30A RDI FAN
L
2
10
9
2
L
10A
HEAD(LH–LWR)
W(* 2)
2
8
7
2
R–G
10A
HEAD(RH–LWR)
W (* 2)
W (* 2)
W(* 2)
2
6
5
2
R–Y
W
W (* 1)
(* 2)
W (* 1)
7. 5A DRL
2
34
10A
HEAD(RH–UPR)
R–Y(*2)
2
2
1
33
2
W–R
15A HEAD LH
2
R–W
W(* 1)
2
4
3
2
R
R–Y(*2)
10A
HEAD(LH–UPR)
2
4
3
15A HEAD RH
2
R
W(* 1)
2
2
1
2
R–W
59
POWER SOURCE
SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY (FOR USA)
(2) 2– (2) 1:
CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
HEADLIGHT RELAY (FOR CANADA)
(2) 2– (2) 1:
CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
:
CLOSE WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF)
TAILLIGHT RELAY
5–3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
I11 IGNITION SW
4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION
4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION
11–6: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION
11–5: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
I11
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1E
IG
SEE PAGE
20
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EB1
EB2
SEE PAGE
34
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I24
60
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
STARTING AND IGNITION
B–O
11 AM2
IG2 6
B–O
ST2 5
B–L
B–O
B–W
W–R
B–L
I11
IGNITION SW
E4
2
5 EB2
B
2
IK1
1
B
STARTER
RELAY
I130
B
3
6
2
B
Y–G
2
P1
P
B–W
4
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START
SW)
N
Y–G
18 EB2
10
15
B
30A IG2
15A AM2
50A MAIN
16
B–W
E5
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
9
D
2
IK1
B–W
2
28
27
IK1
B–W
F1
2
B–W
I129
TO THEFT DETERRENT
ECU
B–O
W–R
B–W
10 EB2
B
5
21 EB2
D
D
S2
B–L
1
B
A ,S1
STARTER
M
B
B–W
B–L
1 A
TO COMBINATION
METER
B
BATTERY
62
B–W
B–O
B–O
I3
IGNITION COIL
9 1J
1
2
8 EB2
B–R
B–O
B–O
B–O
3 1J
E14
B–O
B–O
B–O
F6
2
5
B–O
B–O
3
I2
IGNITER
+B
COIL–
IG–
IGT
IGF
4
2
1
G1
2
G2
3
NE
G–
1
4
2
E15
57
58
G
B
IK1
B
F12
G–Y
B
26
25
27
7
B
TO TACHOMETER
[COMB. METER]
G–W
A
W
(SHIELDED)
B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R
A
W–B
1
BR
11 EB1
D2
DISTRIBUTOR
N1
NOISE FILTER
(FOR IGNITION SYSTEM)
2
B–O
W–B
2
(USA)
5
B
2
(CANADA)
IG2
RELAY
B–R
3
B–O
1
IK1
2
16 EA1
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
IGT
IGF
G1
G2
NE
G–
E8
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
ECU)
69
IG–
NSW
76
B
B
B–W
B–W
STA
77
E1
BR
W–B
19
EB
ED
BR
BR
W–B
I128
EC
63
STARTING AND IGNITION
SERVICE HINTS
I11 IGNITION SW
11–6: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
11–5: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)
6–5 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
S 1(B), S 2(A) STARTER
POINTS CLOSED WITH PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
D1
26
D2
E8
I2
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
I3
26
N1
27
26
I11
29
28
J1
27
S1
B
27
26
J3
29
S2
A
27
P1
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1J
SEE PAGE
20
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
EB1
EB2
IK1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
EC
34
FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
ED
34
REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E14
E15
I128
64
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I129
34
38
ENGINE WIRE
I130
38
ENGINE WIRE
65
CHARGING
B–L
W
ACC
4 AM1
IG1 2
B–Y
ST1
3 1G
11 AM2
IG2 6
B–O
ST2
15A
GAUGE
W
I11
IGNITION SW
14
C11
CHARGE WARNING
LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
W–R
8 1K
15
Y
W
B–L
4 EB1
5 EC1
14 EA1
B–L
5 1L
W
2
R–L
2
SHORT PIN
3
5 1B
Y
5
8
15A AM2
2
15
W
10 ED1
3 ED1
18
Y
W
R–L
16
100A ALT
1
6 ED1
2
7. 5A ALT SENSING
2
R–L
W
7
Y
6 EC1
W–R
40A AM1
5 EB2
1 A 2 A 3 A
L
IG
1 B
S
B
17
B–L
2
IC REGULATOR
BATTERY
G1
B ,G2
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
66
A
SERVICE HINTS
G 2 (A) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR)
(A) 1–GROUND: 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 5000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)
(A) 2–GROUND: 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C11
G1
28
B
CODE
G2
26
SEE PAGE
A
I11
CODE
SEE PAGE
26
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1G
1K
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
EC1
34
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
ED1
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)
EB1
EB2
C 11
G R AY
G 1
B
G 2
A
1
2
G R AY
I1 1
BLAC K
1
X
2
4
6
11
3
14 15 X
67
ENGINE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,
TRANSMISSION ETC. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) AND
HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE, WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER
TEMP.), WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT
INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP.,
WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).
(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSION IS DETECTED BY THE MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR
SIDE AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1, OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).
(4) RPM SIGNAL CIRCUIT
CAMSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS
INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND ENGINE SPEED IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NE.
(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH IS
INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL1.
(6) VEHICLE SPEED CIRCUIT
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED BY VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1 INSTALLED IN THE TRANSMISSION
AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA THE COMBINATION METER.
(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN “N” AND “P” OR NOT,
AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL ACMG OF
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS
+B AND OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VIA EFI MAIN
RELAY.
THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE
AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU).
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL KS
OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL
SIGNAL.
(11) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER OR NOT THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO
TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL.
(12) STARTER SIGNAL CIRCUIT
TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS
DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(13) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY KNOCK SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS
KNK1 AND KNK2 AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
68
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONICALLY FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONICALLY FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE
CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNAL FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS
DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40,
#50 AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TO
OPERATE THE INJECTOR. (INJECT THE FUEL). THE SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (ELECTRONICALLY FUEL
INJECTION) SYSTEM CONTROLS OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO
(13) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT
TO TERMINALS IGT THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING
CONDITIONS.
* HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR FRONT AND REAR SIDE. SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE
OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM
(1), (2), (4), (9) TO (11) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL HT1, HT2, HT3 TO CONTROL THE HEATER.
* IDLE AIR CONTROL (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC) SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY
FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO
ON. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) EVALUATES THE
SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9), (11) ETC.), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1,
ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4 TO CONTROL THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE).
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10) ETC.), AND
OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS EGR TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE.
* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OUTPUTS CURRENT TO
TERMINAL FPC AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP ECU AND FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING
CONDITIONS.
* ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM)
ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED AND
CLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FOR
INCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS.
THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) JUDGES THE VEHICLE
SPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL ACIS TO CONTROL THE VSV
(FOR INTAKE CONTROL VALVE).
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE
MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN BE FOUND BY READING THE CODE DISPLAYED BY THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT).
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY
CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM
BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
69
ENGINE CONTROL
B–R
ACC
IG1 I11
IGNITION SW
AM1
B–R
11 AM2
B–R
ST1
B–O
IG2 6
I45
B–L
ST2 5
R–L
B–O
B–O
E4
B–L
19
B
IK1
I130
B
W–L
W–L
G–O
G–O
G–O
B–O
W–R
EB2
20
EB2
A
6
B–R
A
B–R
A
EB1
2
9 1J
5 EB2
1
B–R
5
EFI
MAIN
RELAY
1
20A EFI
23
3
5
2
27
G–R
LG–R
FP
1
5
6
P
N
5
G–W
B21
1
B–W
M
W–B
G–W
IE1
B–O
B20
2
7
G–W
W–B 2
(* 4)
11
EB1
B–O
W–B
W–B
DI
E
IG2
RELAY
2
2
FPC
2
28
30A IG2
24
15A AM2
16
3
G–W
2
B
W–B
2
4
B–W
B–O
B–O
2
LG–R
IE1
P1
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
R–L
F13
FUEL PUMP ECU
8 EB2
W–B
W–R
R–L
F12
FUEL PUMP
2
B–R
2
2
11
LG–R
IE2
G–R
IE1
2
B–O
3
10
G–R
3 1J
8
15
B
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
2
F6
IK1
B
(* 5)
B–O
B–O
E19
2
B–O
B–O
2
2
1
1
I6
INJECTOR NO. 3
B–O
2
I5
INJECTOR NO. 2
W–B
W–B
A
I4
INJECTOR NO. 1
B–L
A
B–O
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
BATTERY
16 EA1
R–G
W–B
R–Y
R–L
B–O
EB
70
BK
* 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU
* 4 : USA
* 5 : CANADA
B–R
B–R
(* 1)
B–R
B–R
B–R
I87
E3
B–R
IK1
B–R
B–R
E23
B–R
E21
B–R
I118
B–O
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B
B
DI
STA
E7
A ,E8
# 60
15 B
77 B
76 B
NSW
# 50
16 B
B
1
36 B
+B
75 B
FPU
1
V5
VSV
(FOR EVAP)
2
1
2
BR–Y
31 A
2
BR–W
1 A
IGSW
2
G–R
B–R
33 A
BATT
B–O
24 A
FPC
B
G–O
22 A
M–REL
21 A
G–R
LG–R
W–L
G–R
1
V4
VSV
(FOR EGR)
B
BR–R
V6
VSV
(FOR FUEL PRESSURE UP)
G–O
V7
VSV
(FOR INTAKE CONTROL)
W–L
39 B
EGR
74 B
ACIS
EVAP
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1)
# 40
17 B
# 30
18 B
# 20
19 B
# 10
20 B
IGT
IGF
57 B
58 B
PS
35 A
C15
G–W
G–Y
B–W
G–W
G–W
IK2
B21
IC2
G–O
G–Y
G–W
R–L
R–Y
R–G
R–W
B–O
E22
R
B–O
R–B
B
B–O
1
1
4
2
1
IG–
IGT
IGF
I2
IGNITER
1
+B
R–G
B–O
3
2
1
W–B
2
P2
POWER STEERING
PRESSURE SW
G–O
B–O
2
I9
INJECTOR NO. 6
B–O
2
I8
INJECTOR NO. 5
B–O
I7
INJECTOR NO. 4
B
2 ED1
9 ED1
R–L
W–B
R–Y
B–O
EB
71
ENGINE CONTROL
B–R
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
7. 5A
PANEL
B–R
E16
10A
MIR–
HTR
B–R
B–R
B
B–R
B–R
15 1J
2
5
10 1A
LG–R
LG
D6
DIODE (FOR IDLE–UP)
1
G–W
FROM A/C
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY
FROM A/C LOCK
AMPLIFIER
3
2
B
(* 4)
17 EB2
34 B
ISC2
32 B
ISC4
35 B
ISC1
33 B
ISC3
W
G–W
2 3D
(* 5)
B–W
W
3 3D
LG–B
6
FROM STOP LIGHT
SW
Y–G
4
Y
3
Y–B
Y–R
1
I1
IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE
(ISC VALVE)
B
4 A
STP
E7
A ,E8
15 A
ELS
34 A
A/C
23 A
ACMG
B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1)
G2
25 B
NE
27 B
G–
7 B
E01
80 B
EO2
79 B
E1
69 B
KNK1
50 B
KNK2
49 B
36 A
HT3 OX3
30 A
BR
G1
26 B
G–W
G–W
A
A
BR
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BR
BR
A
B
(* 4)
Y–L
(SHIELDED)
(* 5)
GR
(SHIELDED)
R
(SHIELDED)
BR
W–B
W–B
G
B
W
R
I128
Y
(SHIELDED)
I99
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
G1
3
1
G2
NE
BR
I133
4
BR
BR
G–
BR
2
D2
DISTRIBUTOR
E18
BR
BR
ED
72
B
BR
3
4
BR
1
1
1
K2
KNOCK SENSOR
(ON REAR SIDE)
BR
I121
IK1
K1
KNOCK SENSOR
(ON FRONT SIDE)
BR
B–R
F11
HT
OX3
2
E
S10
SUB HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
B
*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
:
:
:
:
:
ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU
W/ TRACTION CONTROL
W/O TRACTION CONTROL
USA
CANADA
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B
B
T2
THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
B–R
1
BR
BR
2
P–B
BR
3
Y–R
BR
(* 2)
4
L–R
L–R
L–R
E20
L–R
(* 2)
BR
BR
R–B
BR
I134
L–R
L–R
I132
P–B
BR
(*3)
BR
(* 3)
(*2)
Y–B
(* 2)
R–B
4
Y–B
(*2)
3
Y–B
S4
SUB THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
(* 2)
(* 3)
2
L–R
(* 2)
Y–R
1
(* 2)
42 B
63 B
VTA2
E7
41 B
IDL2
A ,E8
43 B
VCC
64 B
65 B
VTA1
IDL1
E2
B
72 B
R–L
HT2
OX1
48 B
HT1
73 B
B
OX2
47 B
W
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (*1)
G–W
G–W
BR
BR
I126
W
W
B
I127
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
B
R
(SHIELDED)
BR
W
BR
E17
BR
BR
B–R
BR
BR
BR
B–R
B–R
BR
3
1
4
OX2
HT2
E1
B–R
2
+B
BR
R–L
(* 1)
M2
MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(ON REAR SIDE)
B–R
3
1
OX1
HT1
4
E1
2
+B
M1
MAIN HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(ON FRONT SIDE)
ED
73
ENGINE CONTROL
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B
BR
BR
1
BR
BR
I122
I123
V3
VOLUME AIR FLOW
(AIR FLOW METER)
BR
(* 2)
3
5
BR
BR
L–R
10
V–W
3E
B–Y
1 3E
Y–G
2
46 B
44 B
45 B
66 B
THG
THW
THA
V–W
2 A
6 A
SP1
KS
5 1E
W
6 1G
A ,E8
B
B–Y
E7
VF2
TE1
TE2
VF1
28 B
20 A
19 A
29 B
L–O
L–B
LG
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(* 1)
I29 : USA
I42 : CANADA
1
L–W
1
4
V–W
2
2
E3
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
(EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
P
BR
E1
EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR
L–O
BR
L–R
TT
17 A
B–Y
B–Y
B
15
OX2
1
14
FP
19
VF2
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
E1
TE1
VF1
B–R
3
8
3
IG–
13
E1
5
8
TT
W
D3
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL)
+B
LG
OX1
L–B
4
L–O
B
B–Y
W
G–Y
BR
G–W
BR
LG
G–W
12
B–R
BR
ENG
TE2
TE1
7
2
1
B–R
B–R
BR
BR
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
LG
I119
LG
L–B
L–O
F4
L–O
L–O
IK1
I52 : USA
I85 : CANADA
74
F10
IK1
LG
* 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU
* 2 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL
* 3 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
B–R
B–R
B–R
15A
GAUGE
B–R
9 1H
B–Y
6 1J
R–L
BR
L–R
V–W
L–B
L–B
17 3A
14 A
10 A
15 3D
R–L
A
B , C10
2 B
C9
SPEED
COMBINATION METER
1 A
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP
(CHECK ENGINE
WARNING LIGHT)
13 A
V–W
F3
IK1
F2
IK1
E14
IK1
L–R
R–L
B–Y
W–B
B–Y
L–Y
15 A
2
3
1
12 3D
B–R
V1
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1
(FOR COMBINATION METER)
4 3D
B–R
B–R
W–B
BR
B–R
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
75
ENGINE CONTROL
SERVICE HINTS
EFI MAIN RELAY
(2)3– (2)5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
E 3 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
1 – 2: 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4– 7 K ( 0°C, 32°F)
2– 3 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)
I 1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE)
1, 3–2 : APPROX. 10–30 4, 6–5 : APPROX. 10–30 I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 INJECTOR
1–2 : APPROX. 13.8 T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1–4 : APPROX. 4–9 1–3 : 3.3–10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED POSITION
0.2– 0.8 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)
1–2 : 0–2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.45 MM (0.018 IN.)
INFINITY WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.55 MM (0.022 IN.)
E 7(A), E 8(B) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
(VOLTAGE AT ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU WIRING CONNECTORS)
BATT – E1 : 9 – 14 VOLTS
IGSW – E1 : 9 – 14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
M–REL – E1 : 9 – 14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
+B – E1 : 9 – 14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
IDL1 – E2 : 9 – 14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN
VTA1 – E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
3.2–4.4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN
#10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60 – E01, E02 : 9 – 14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
THA – E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)
THW – E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)
STA – E1 : 6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING
ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4 – E1 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
W – E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE IDLING
ACIS – E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
IGF – E1 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
NSW – E1 : 0–3 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER P OR N POSITION
: 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT P OR N POSITION
SP1 :
0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL ONLY
TE1, TE2 – E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR)
TE1–E1 NOT CONNECTED
0–1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR)
: TE1–E1 CONNECTED
A/C – E1 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING OFF
: 7.5–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON
ELS – E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT ON, DEFOGGER ON
: 0–3 VOLTS WITH TAILLIGHT OFF, DEFOGGER OFF
STP – E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)
: 0–3 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW OFF
(RESISTANCE OF ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU WIRING CONNECTORS)
IDL1 – E2 : INFINITY WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN
0–2.3 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
VTA1 – E2 : 3.3 K10.0 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
: 200 –800 WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
VCC – E2 : 4 K9 K
THA – E2 : 2 K3 K WITH INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C (68°F)
THW – E2 : 200 400 WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)
ISC1, ISC2, ISC3, ISC4 – +B : 10–30 #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60 – +B : 13.2 – 14.2 ACIS – +B : 38.5 – 44.5 76
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C9
C10
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B
28
I4
26
M2
27
A
28
I5
26
M3
27
D1
26
I6
26
M4
27
D2
26
I7
26
P1
27
D3
28
I8
26
P2
27
D6
28
I9
26
S4
27
E1
26
I11
29
S10
29
E3
26
J1
27
T2
27
E7
A
28
J6
29
V1
27
E8
B
28
J9
29
V3
27
F12
30
J11
29
V4
27
F13
30
K1
27
V5
27
I1
26
K2
27
V6
27
I2
26
M1
27
V7
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1E
1G
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1H
1J
3A
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
ED1
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)
IC2
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
EB1
EB2
IE1
IE2
IK1
IK2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
ED
34
REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
BK
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT LH
77
ENGINE CONTROL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E16
I89
E17
I99
E18
I118
E19
E20
ENGINE WIRE
I122
I123
E23
I126
I29
I127
I42
I128
I45
I130
38
ENGINE WIRE
COWL WIRE
38
ENGINE WIRE
40
FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE
I132
I133
I77
I134
I85
B20
I87
B21
78
38
I121
E22
I64
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I119
34
E21
I52
SEE PAGE
79
HEADLIGHT (FOR USA)
W
W
2
2
W
W
4
15A
HEAD RH
12 EB2
15A
HEAD LH
1
R–G
R–W
7 EB1
10 EA1
4 EA1
R
1
1
R–Y
23 B
2
BATTERY
1
17
E3
W–B
OFF
R–Y
TAIL
R–Y
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
6
2
HEAD
E8
DIMMER
SW
LOW
HIGH
3 EC1
FLASH
9
R–Y
4
1J
1B
W–B
W–B
5 3A
10 1J
11
W–B
18
R–Y
16
W–B
C13
COMBINATION
SW
B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4 3D
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
IF
80
W–B
B
A
W–B
IG
EA
2
1
R
R
H3
HEADLIGHT HI LH
HEADLIGHT
INDICATOR
5 A
H4
HEADLIGHT HI RH
C9
R–B
6 A
HIGH BEAM
B
A , C10
H
7
COMBINATION METER
R–G
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
HRLY
B–L
2
R–W
6
9
E12
2
1
W–B
R–W
R–G
50A MAIN
E6
H5
HEADLIGHT LO LH
A
2
10
R–W
A
W–B
4
A
H6
HEADLIGHT LO RH
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R
2
R–W
3
2
R–W
HEADLIGHT RELAY
2
3
2
R–Y
R–G
R–G
2
SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY
(2) 2– (2) 1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
6–16 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
C13 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]
17–18 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
9–18 : CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C9
C10
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
28
H4
26
B
CODE
SEE PAGE
J2
29
28
H5
26
J7
29
C13
28
H6
26
J11
29
H3
26
I12
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
1J
3A
3D
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
EA1
EB1
EB2
EC1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
34
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
34
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
IG
36
BEHIND GOLVE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E3
34
E6
–
C9
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E8
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
A
C10
B
E12
ORANGE
X
H 5, H 6
1
BROWN
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
H 3, H 4
9
6
X
X X X X X
34
23
I12
16 17
J2
2
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
C13
5 6
X
SEE PAGE
J7
A A A
B
A A A
B B
1
2
18
GRAY
6 7
J11
A
A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
BLACK
A
A
A
A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
81
HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA)
W
W
R–G
B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
13
15A
GAUGE
7. 5A
ECU–B
14
2
W–R
7 1B
13 EB2
B–R
B
R–G
W
W
W–R
13
14
3D
3E
W–R
C
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
2
2
3
2
4
D4
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY
15
2
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
1
W–R
C
50A MAIN
10
9
2
Y–G
R–G
8
2 1J
15 3A
5 1B
16 3E
BATTERY
Y–B
Y
B–L
11
6 EC1
Y
1
P4
PARKING
BRAKE SW
Y
6 ED1
1
L
82
G2
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
W
W
W
W
R–G
R–Y
B
R–Y
1
2
3
4
R–Y
2
B
2
R–Y
R–W
2
R–G
2
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 2
12 EB2
R–W
I26
R–W
FROM DIODE
(FOR HEADLIGHT CLEANER)
R–G
R–W
7 EB2
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
R–L
R–L
A
A
17
6
D4
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
R–G
R–B
7
C13
COMBINATION
SW
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
R–G
A
5
17
6
OFF
TAIL
B1
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL WARNING SW
1
C
C
HIGH
FLASH
18
16
W–B
9
W–B
2
R–G
16
LOW
R–B
1
D7
DIODE
(FOR TRACTION
CONTROL)
13
DIMMER SW
Y–B
R–B
18
W–B
HEAD
R–G
5 3A
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
W–B
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
B W–B
IE
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
W–B
A
W–B
A
4 3D
IF
83
HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA)
W
W
2
2
34
6
10A
HEAD
(RH–UPR)
33
2
2
2
2
5
1
4
3
R–Y
R–W
C9
HIGH BEAM
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
1
1
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E8
5
W–B
6
1
16 EA1
3
2
6
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
6
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
W–B
A
W–B
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
NO. 4
W–B
4
IE
2
W–B
R–W
14 EC1
6
H5
HEADLIGHT
LO LH
IF
W–B
R
12 EC1
R–W
W–G
A
R–W
1
R–W
1
2
W–B
R–L
A
H4
HEADLIGHT
HI RH
6
84
W–B
W–G
R–L
7 EB1
H6
HEADLIGHT
LO RH
R–L
23 EB2
2
H3
HEADLIGHT
HI LH
8 EA1
2
W–G
2
9 EA1
R–G
R
2
2
7 EA1
2
R–G
2
2
7
W–R
R–W
4 EA1
10A
HEAD
(LH–LWR)
5
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 3
2
8
10A
HEAD
(RH–LWR)
7. 5A
DRL
1
2
R–Y
10A
HEAD
(LH–UPR)
3
2
W–B
4
2
W–G
2
W
R–Y
R–Y
W
W
R–Y
EB
EA
SYSTEM OUTLINE
VOLTAGE IS ALWAYS APPLIED FROM THE MAIN FUSE, THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY, TERMINAL 6 OF INTEGRATION RELAY, TERMINAL 17 OF DIMMER SW, DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
RELAY NO. 2 (COIL SIDE), TO TERMINAL 17 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON,
VOLTAGE FROM THE GAUGE FUSE IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY.
1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE STARTS, VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL L OF THE GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 11 OF
THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. IF THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE
RELAY AND THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT DO NOT OPERATE.
WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE PARKING
BRAKE SW TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY,
TURNING ON THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2. CURRENT ALSO FLOWS FROM THE MAIN FUSE TO DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (LH–UPR) FUSE → HEADLIGHT HI–LH → HEADLIGHT HI–RH → TERMINAL 4 OF DAYTIME
RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP AT HALF THEIR NORMAL
BRIGHTNESS.
ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY HAS BEEN ACTIVATED AND THE HEADLIGHTS LIGHT UP, THE HEADLIGHTS REMAIN ON
EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL IS ENGAGED AGAIN (PARKING BRAKE SW ON).
2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT HEAD POSITION AND THE DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE
HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 6 OF LIGHT CONTROL
SW → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY.
THIS CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO THE HEAD LWR FUSE → HEADLIGHT LO → GROUND,
CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP AT NORMAL BRIGHTNESS. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE DRL FUSE →
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3, NO. 4 (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, ACTIVATING RELAY NO. 3 AND NO. 4.
WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS AT HIGH POSITION, TERMINAL 9 OF THE DIMMER SW OUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY TO ACTIVATE IT. THIS TURNS ON DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY RELAY NO. 2 SO CURRENT
FLOWS FROM DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) TO THE HEAD (LH–UPR) FUSE → HEADLIGHT HI LH → DAYTIME
RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND FROM THE HEAD (RH–UPR) FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY
NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → HEADLIGHT HI RH → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, CAUSING THE
HEADLIGHTS TO OPERATE AT HI.
WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS AT FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 17 OF
THE DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 18 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE RELAY. SIMULTANEOUSLY, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT
RELAY (POINT SIDE) FLOWS TO HEADLIGHT LO, LIGHTING UP HEADLIGHT LO AND ACTIVATING DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY
NO. 3 AND NO. 4. THEN TERMINAL 9 OF THE DIMMER SW OUTPUTS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
RELAY, ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TO HEADLIGHT HI LIKE IT DOES FOR HIGH
POSITION. THIS CAUSES ALL HEADLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP.
SERVICE HINTS
D 4 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY
15–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM
DOES NOT OPERATE OR LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION
(WITH THE CONNECTOR IS DISCONNECTED, ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS)
8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B1
26
H3
26
J2
29
C9
28
H4
26
J7
29
C13
28
H5
26
J9
29
D4
28
H6
26
J11
29
D7
28
I12
29
P4
29
G2
26
J1
27
85
HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
19
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
6
24
R/B NO. 6 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1J
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
3A
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
EC1
34
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
ED1
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO .4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)
EB1
EB2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
34
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E8
86
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
I26
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
FOG LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
W
32
(USA)
15A
FOG
W
2
4
G–Y
2
G–Y
R–G
3 EB2
3
2
R
R–G
(CANADA)
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
6
1
6
3
A
10 EB1
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
R–G
2
2
6
10
5
6
6
HRLY
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
50A MAIN
R
H
G–O
4
G–B
7
10 EC1
R–B
9
R–Y
6
B–L
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
2
8
14
5
G–O
HEADLIGHT RELAY
15A
HEAD
LH
2
A
3
2
10A
HEAD
(LH–LWR)
12 EB2
7
2
31
(USA)
W
2
8
(CANADA)
W
(USA)
R–G
R–G
(CANADA)
OFF
TAIL
E10
HIGH
2
F1
FOG
LIGHT LH
FLASH
2
F2
FOG
LIGHT RH
ON
C13
COMBINATION SW
18
W–B
16
1
E4
W–B
1
OFF
W–B
FOG
LIGHT
SW
G–O
G–O
LOW
DIMMER
SW
BATTERY
HEAD
W–B
E9
W–B
5 3A
W–B
W–B
W–B
4 3D
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
IF
88
EB
EA
SERVICE HINTS
FOG LIGHT RELAY
(6) 3– (6) 5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON
POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C13
28
F2
26
J2
29
F1
26
I12
29
J11
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
19
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
6
24
R/B NO. 6 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
3A
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
22
3D
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
EB2
EC1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
34
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
34
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E4
E9
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
C13
F1
BLACK
CODE
E10
SEE PAGE
34
F2
BLACK
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I12
8
5
14
6
1
16
2
1
2
6 7
18
J2
J11
A A A
A A A
A
A
A
A
A
A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
89
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
21
10A
TURN
20A
HAZ–HORN
22
2
3
W
G–W
2 1A
IH2
2 EB1
W
C
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W
G–W
C
C12
TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]
H9
HAZARD SW
RH
IH2
W
1
10
8
OFF
TURN
HAZARD
7
G–Y
R–W
5
9
6
G–Y
1
G
8
G–B
2
G
ON
G–B
LH
R–W
G
4
2 IH2
G–Y
I59
G–B
G–B
G–Y
I58
4 IM2
9 A
E4
10 A
LH
RH
23 B
W–B
A , C10
C9
2
B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E7
W–B
B
W–B
A
W–B
3
W–B
2
G–Y
B
IC2
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
B7
F6
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
G–B
3
W–B
3
F5
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
4
W–B
3
G–Y
R11
REAR TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
4
W–B
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IE
G–Y
I59
B8 IC2
W–B
6
11 IM2
W–B
3
I58
G–Y
G–B
1
B
L
TURN SIGNAL
FLASHER
E
R9
REAR TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
2
G–B
I90
6
G–Y
I91
G–B
G
G–Y
G–Y
G
G
R–W
I46
6
90
IH2
13 IH2
G–B
IH2
G
5
A
BN
EB
EA
IG
SERVICE HINTS
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
(6) 1 – GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX. 12 VOLTS TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR
RIGHT, OR WITH HAZARD SW ON
(6) 2 – GROUND : APPROX.. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD SW ON
(6) 3 – GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C9
C10
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
28
F6
26
B
CODE
SEE PAGE
J13
30
28
H9
29
R9
31
C12
28
J3
29
R11
31
F5
26
J7
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
19
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
6
24
R/B NO. 6 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1A
SEE PAGE
20
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
IC2
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IH2
36
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IM2
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
34
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
BN
40
LUGGAGE ROOM RIGHT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E4
E7
I46
I58
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I59
34
38
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
COWL WIRE
I90
38
COWL WIRE
I91
91
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
92
INTERIOR LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
15A
CIG
15A
GAUGE
10A
DOME
12
R–G
2
L–Y
R–G
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
R–G
L–Y
R–G
1 EB1
L–Y
I50
2 1B
7 1K
6 1H
5 1C
12 1K
L–Y
1 1C
L–Y
2
3 1B
2 1H
19 1H
1 1K
I23 : USA
I38 : CANADA
11 A
9 3D
11 3A
1 3D
11 3E
12 B
L–Y
L–Y
6
C10 A
4
, C11 B
INTEGRATION RELAY
L–Y
1
OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
7
L–Y
L–Y
11
IE1
L–Y
16
L–Y
17
R–W
B66
L–Y
R–W
IE1
R–Y
D23
DIODE
(FOR INTERIOR LIGHT)
2
1
L–Y
B5
G–W
B16
L–Y
R–Y
G–W
L–Y
L–Y
G–W
3
1
A
1 BQ1
2
D8
DOOR COURTESY LIGHT
FRONT LH
1
D10
DOOR COURTESY LIGHT
REAR LH
W–B
ON
OFF
1
3
B19
W–B
A
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
2 BQ1
L–Y
2
W–B
2
IF2
W–B
3
L–Y
IF2
R–Y
4
2
W–B
B14
G–W
1
L–Y
G–W
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
3
D14
DOOR COURTESY
SW REAR LH
R–W
1
R
R–W
B12
BM
94
R–W
DOOR
IE1
R–W
R–Y
12
R–Y
R–W
B17
BK
2
R15
REAR
PERSONAL
LIGHT LH
G–B
W–B
R–G
R–G
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
R–W
R–G
L–Y
L–Y
1
L–Y
IL1
R–G
3
CTY
G–B
3
L–Y
L–Y
V9
VANITY LIGHT RH
L–Y
OFF
ON
2
2
2
W–B
B3
W–B
I10
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER
LIGHT
W–B
2
R–G
L–Y
R–G
R–G
S8
STEP LIGHT
RH
1
1
W–B
B2
W–B
L–Y
4
2
1
C
DLMP
GND
2
1
C18
CONDENSER LH
2
IL1
W–B
G–W
S7
STEP LIGHT
LH
1
1
V8
VANITY LIGHT LH
2
L–Y
L–Y
R–G
G–W
1
B1
IL1
DOOR
3
F10
FRONT PERSONAL LIGHT
R–W
R–G
I28 : USA
I39 : CANADA
L–Y
I47
W–B
IG
95
INTERIOR LIGHT
L7
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
1
2
L–Y
11
L–Y
L–Y
IM1
L8
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT SW
1
1
R–L
L–Y
B40
8 IM1
FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
L–Y
L–Y
G
L–Y
R–W
17 IM1
L–Y
B36
L–Y
L–Y
G–W
G–W
G–W
1
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
B42
A
BL
96
3
CTY
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BN
C
1
D11
DOOR COURTESY LIGHT
REAR RH
W–B
W–B
4
GND
D9
DOOR COURTESY LIGHT
FRONT RH
2
1
1 BR1
1
DLMP
2
G–B
2
3
R16
REAR PERSONAL
LIGHT RH
2
2 BR1
OFF
ON
IN1
DOOR
1
C19
CONDENSER RH
IN1
L–Y
3
3
W–B
2
1
G–W
B38
G
D13
DOOR COURTESY SW
FRONT RH
3
D15
DOOR COURTESY SW
REAR RH
G
R–W
1
G
1
D24
DIODE
(FOR INTERIOR
LIGHT)
R–W
B34
L–Y
2
L–Y
B27
G–W
R–W
G–W
L–Y
G
B26
SERVICE HINTS
INTEGRATION RELAY
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR (FRONT LH AND RH, REAR LH AND RH) OPEN
6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN
D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1, 3–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
L 8 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C10
C11
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
28
D13
30
B
CODE
SEE PAGE
L7
30
28
D14
30
L8
30
C18
30
D15
30
R15
31
C19
30
D23
28
R16
31
D8
30
D24
28
S7
29
D9
30
F10
30
S8
29
D10
30
I10
29
V8
31
D11
30
J12
30
V9
31
D12
30
J13
30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1C
1H
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1K
3A
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
IE1
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IL1
38
COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IM1
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IN1
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BQ1
40
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BR1
40
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IG
36
BK
40
BL
40
BM
40
BN
40
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT LH
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
LUGGAGE ROOM RIGHT
97
INTERIOR LIGHT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I23
B16
I28
B17
I38
B19
I39
38
COWL WIRE
B27
I50
B34
B1
B36
40
ROOF WIRE
B3
B14
98
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
40
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
B38
B40
B5
B12
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B26
I47
B2
SEE PAGE
B42
40
FRONT NO. 2 WIRE
B66
ILLUMINATION
99
ILLUMINATION
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
4
1E
W
1
5
7. 5A
PANEL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
2
10A
ECU–IG
3
18 1H
7 1A
LG
B–R
G–R
8 1B
16 3D
17 3D
18 3E
9 3A
B
B
B–R
LG
W
G–R
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM
(SEE PAGE 58)
5
R8
RHEOSTAT
2
5
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
15A
GAUGE
4
G–Y
6 1J
4
7
6
3
2 B
4 B
1 B
ILLUMINATION
16
W–B
C13
COMBINATION
SW
R–L
HEAD
W–R
TAIL
R–B
100A ALT
1
W–G
2
W–B
LIGHT
CONTROL SW
7
OFF
2
2
B–L
5 3A
4 3D
C10
15 3B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
BATTERY
W–B
B
B
COMBINATION
METER
W–G
B
W–B
W–B
J11
A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
100
IG
W–G
1
2
B
B
3
4
B
B
W–G
2
1
6
2
I108
I111
8
9
W–G
I111
W–G
3
3
W–B
C8
CLOCK
LG
LG
LG
7 3B
W–G
H9
HAZARD SW
LG
LG
16 3C
A10
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
W–G
C7
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
W–G
G
6 3D
W–G
LG
LG
LG
7 3A
R3
RADIO AND PLAYER
E6
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION PATTERN
SELECT SW
W–G
W–G
1
A15
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
(FOR SHIFT LEVER)
5
W–G
W–G
W–G
S5
SEAT HEATER SW
7 3E
6 3C
C
C
J10
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C
C
2
4
I110
IH2
12
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
101
102
W–B
W–B
W–B
2
B
B
IG
2
A
BM
7 BQ1
2
1
10 BQ1
A30
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION
REAR RH
W–B
LG
LG
LG
IE1
W–B
1
1
R6
REAR CIGARETTE
LIGHTER ILLUMINATION
13
W–B
2
LG
LG
I73
A29
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION
REAR LH
W–B
LG
R–W
23 B
G3
GLOVE BOX LIGHT
LG
(CANADA)
LG
LG
10 3F
W–B
A
17 A
G4
GLOVE BOX
LIGHT SW
(CANADA)
C10 B , C11
TAILLIGHT INDICATOR
[COMB. METER]
ILLUMINATION
LG
I62
18 3A
LG
7 IM1
B33
LG
7 BR1
1
2
10 BR1
1
B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BL
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
5–3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
7–16 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A10
28
A15
A29
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C13
28
J7
29
28
E6
28
J10
29
30
G3
28
J11
29
A30
30
G4
28
J12
30
C7
28
H9
29
R3
29
C8
28
I12
29
R6
29
C10
B
28
J3
29
R8
29
C11
A
28
J6
29
S5
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B
1E
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1H
1J
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2
36
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IM1
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BQ1
40
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BR1
40
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
BL
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I62
I73
I108
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I110
38
COWL WIRE
I111
B33
38
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
40
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
103
TAILLIGHT
4
W
1E
1
10A
TAIL
5
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
2
3
8 1B
14 1J
7 1H
G
G–R
G–R
(CANADA)
B
G
(USA)
G
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W
G–R
B
B15
IC2
2
G–R
G–R
G
I15 : USA
I27 : CANADA
1
100A ALT
E2
5
IH2
4
11
B–L
T
A26
AUTOMATIC
LIGHT CONTROL
SENSOR
G
1
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
7
BATTERY
1
F5
FRONT CLEARANCE
LIGHT LH
2
F6
FRONT CLEARANCE
LIGHT RH
2
OFF
TAIL
W–B
HEAD
16
W–B
C13
COMBINATION SW
W–B
2
G–Y
2
G
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
G–R
8
E4
5 3A
W–B
E7
A
W–B
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
104
W–B
W–B
4 3D
EB
EA
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
15A
GAUGE
9 1H
6 1J
R–L
B–Y
G–R
(CANADA)
G
17 3A
(USA)
1 A
C 9 B , C10 A
REAR LIGHT
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
G–R
1 IM2
17 3E
R–L
R–G
2 IM2
4 IM3
R–L
R–G
G–R
B52
8 B
8
4
G–R
B45
L4
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
DELAY
CIRCUIT
–
+
A
A
G
R10
TAILLIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
1
3
W–B
3
R11
TAILLIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
2
1
W–B
1
R9
TAILLIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
2
L3
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH
W–B
L2
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH
W–B
1
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
G
G
B49
G
B53
11
W–B
12
2
4
R12
TAILLIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
G
7
G
G
G
–
+
W–B
2
4
W–B
5
B51
W–B
B50
A
A
W–B
BN
105
TAILLIGHT
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION. THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF LIGHT
FAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION. IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS
OPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 7, 12 AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS
THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
5–3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
L 4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
4, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A26
CODE
28
SEE PAGE
I12
29
CODE
SEE PAGE
L4
30
C9
B
28
J3
29
R9
31
C10
A
28
J11
29
R10
31
C13
28
J13
30
R11
31
F5
26
L2
30
R12
31
F6
26
L3
30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1E
1H
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1J
3A
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IC2
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IH2
36
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IM2
IM3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
34
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
BN
40
LUGGAGE ROOM RIGHT
106
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E2
E4
CODE
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B51
I15
B52
B45
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B50
E7
I27
SEE PAGE
B49
38
COWL WIRE
40
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
40
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
B53
107
STOP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
20A
STOP
15A
GAUGE
9 1H
6 1J
W
3 1D
2
S9
STOP LIGHT
SW
R–L
B–Y
G–W
3 3D
1
1 A
11 3D
C9
17 3A
B , C10
A
G–W
REAR LIGHT
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
8 B
R–L
R–G
2 IM2
4 IM3
R–L
R–G
17 3E
8
4
G–W
3 IM2
G–W
G–W
B43
9
10
L4
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
+
–
B
1
2
R–W
A
HIGH MOUNTED
STOP LIGHT
11
R–W
G–W
+
–
H10
1 A
DELAY
CIRCUIT
B48
B54
B51
4
2
3
W–B
3
W–B
W–B
A
W–B
B50
W–B
A
A
BN
108
2
W–B
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
R–W
R11
STOP LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
R–W
R–W
1
W–B
2 A
R9
STOP LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
B
4
R12
STOP LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
2
1
W–B
R10
STOP LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
B
R–W
1
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT IS
OPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 9, 10 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINALS 1, 2 CHANGES, SO THE
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS
ACTIVATED.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS
THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT
FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLD AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.
SERVICE HINTS
S 9 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1: CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
L 4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
9, 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON
4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C9
C10
H10
SEE PAGE
B
28
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J13
30
R11
31
A
28
L4
30
R12
31
A
30
R9
31
S9
29
B
30
R10
31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D
1H
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1J
3A
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
IM2
IM3
SEE PAGE
38
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
BN
SEE PAGE
40
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LUGGAGE ROOM RIGHT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B43
B48
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B51
40
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
B54
40
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE
B50
109
STOP LIGHT
C9
B
C10
A
ORANGE
H10
A
BLUE
1
2
X
H10
B
J13
A
8
1
X
X
X
1
2
A
A
A
A
A
X X X X X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
L4
1 2 X
X
R 9, R11
R10, R12
S9
4
8 9 10 11
1
2
3
110
1
4
2
BACK–UP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
J13
15A
GAUGE
P 1 GRAY
A
A
R12
3 4
3 4
A
A
A
X
A
4
8
9 1H
B–Y
R10
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
17 3A
R–B
5
IM2
R–B
B46
R10
BACK–UP LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
3
4
W–B
R12
BACK–UP LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
R–B
E13
IK1
R–B
E14
IK1
R–L
P1
BACK–UP LIGHT SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)]
R–L
4
8
R–B
3
4
W–B
15 3D
W–B
B51
A
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BN
SERVICE HINTS
P 1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)]
4–8: CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J13
30
R10
31
P1
27
R12
31
CODE
SEE PAGE
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1H
3A
3D
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IK1
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IM2
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
BN
SEE PAGE
40
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LUGGAGE ROOM RIGHT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
B46
SEE PAGE
40
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
CODE
B51
SEE PAGE
40
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
111
AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
10A
ECU–IG
10A
DOME
12
7 1A
2
1
EB1
L–Y
B–R
L–Y
1 1C
21 3B
5 1C
L–Y
R–G
17 3D
9 3D
12 EB2
6 1H2
9
3
OFF
10
T
TAIL
HEAD
CTY
11
7
G–R
2
H
10
R–G
4
B
A26
AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR
15
G–W
C13
COMBINATION SW
4
IG
8 3B
AUTO
7 IH2
G–W
19 3E
A
A
9 1K
G–R
A
R–G
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–B
B–L
2
G–Y
W–B
9
IH2
6
R–G
7
R–G
16
50A
MAIN
8
G–R
1
LIGHT
CONTROL SW
HEADLIGHT RELAY
A
3
L–Y
B–R
G–O
2
6
5
2 1H
R–Y
2
R–G
G–O
W
R–G
12 3B
17
BATTERY
R–B
5 3A
G–Y
7
IE1
R–Y
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
4
3
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
2
W–B
W–B
4 3D
A
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
112
BM
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH
ECU–IG FUSE. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL 4 OF AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH DOME
FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.
AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS IN AUTO POSITION, IF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR DETECTS A DECREASE IN
THE AMBIENT LIGHT (TO BETWEEN 80 AND 400 LUX), THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. ABOUT 5 SECONDS AFTER IT
IS ACTIVATED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 15 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL
16 TO GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE HEADLIGHT AND TAILLIGHTS.
IF THE AMBIENT LIGHT DROP BELOW 80 LUX, THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT SENSOR IS ACTIVATED AND ABOUT 3 SECONDS LATER
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 15 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 16 TO
GROUND, LIGHTING UP THE HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS.
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS AT AUTO POSITION AND ACTIVATION OF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT SENSOR HAS TURNED ON THE
HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS, IF THE AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR DETECTS AMBIENT LIGHT ABOVE 800 LUX, THE
SENSOR IS TURNED OFF AFTER ABOUT 5 SECONDS. SO THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 15 OF
LIGHT CONTROL SW STOP, AND THE HEADLIGHTS AND TAILLIGHTS TURN OFF.
SERVICE HINTS
A26 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR
4–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
9–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT AUTO POSITION
7–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
HEADLIGHT RELAY
(2)1– (2)2 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
C13 LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
15–16 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT AUTO POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A26
28
C13
D12
CODE
SEE PAGE
I12
29
28
J2
29
30
J11
29
CODE
J12
SEE PAGE
30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO.2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1C
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO.1
1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3A
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1H
1K
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
IE1
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2
36
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
EB2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
113
AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL
A26
X X
C13
D12 BLACK
6
3 4
7
X X 7 X 9 10 11
15 16
J2
J11, J12
A A A
A A A
A
A
A
A
A
A
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
114
I12
2 3
4 5 6 7
HORN
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
21
C13
H7
1
20A
HAZ–HORN
BLACK
H8
BLACK
1
22
13
W
2
2
J3
BLACK
2
A A A
HORN
RELAY
1
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
3
2
2
G–W
B
3 EA1
G–W
11 EB2
A
B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G–W
A
B
13
1
1
H7
HORN (LOW)
C13
HORN SW
[COMB. SW]
H8
HORN (HIGH)
SERVICE HINTS
HORN RELAY
(2)2– (2)3 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C13
28
H8
26
H7
26
J3
29
CODE
SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
EB2
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
115
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
FROM POWER SOURSE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
5
R–G
4 1E
10A
DOME
15A
GAUGE
1
12
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
2
2
G–R
R–G
8 1B
L–Y
W
R–G
3
12 EB2
1 EB1
B
A
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
3
2
R–G
2
1
1 1C
5 A
4
2
6 A
TRLY
HRLY
1
7
1
Q
S
R
Q
S
R
100A ALT
50A MAIN
10
9
2
H
2
B–L
I12
T
7 A
A
C13
COMBINATION
SW
6
7
12
OFF
IE1
R–W
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
BATTERY
3 1B
R–W
R–B
INTEGRATION RELAY
6
4 A
G–Y
HEADLIGHT RELAY
2
G–R
L–Y
W
B
TAIL
HEAD
1
16
A
116
2
W–B
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
W–B
5
3A
W–B
4
3D
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
A
BM
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGE
FUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL, AND
TO TERMINAL (A)6 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION
<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. DUE
TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)4 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE
LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHTS TO TURN ON.
<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL INPUT INTO TERMINALS (A)4 AND (A)7 OF THE INTEGRATION
RELAY. DUE TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A)6 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)7 → TERMINAL
6 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT AND
HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
WITH LIGHT ON AND IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN DOOR ON DRIVER’S
SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF
WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL (A)4 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL (A)6 TO
TERMINAL (A)7 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT.
AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
SERVICE HINTS
HEAD RELAY
(2)2– (2)1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION (FOR USA)
: CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED (FOR CANADA)
TAILLIGHT RELAY
5–3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH
1–2: CLOSED WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN
I12 INTEGRATION RELAY
7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(A) 7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
(A) 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
C13
28
D12
I12
A
CODE
SEE PAGE
J2
29
30
J3
29
29
J11
29
CODE
J12
SEE PAGE
30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1C
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1E
3A
3D
117
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
EB2
IE1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
118
HEADLIGHT CLEANER (FOR CANADA)
SERVICE HINTS
H 2 HEADLIGHT CLEANER RELAY
5–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND HEADLIGHT CLEANER SW ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C13
28
D5
28
C14
28
H1
D4
28
H2
CODE
SEE PAGE
I12
29
26
J2
29
26
J11
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1H
1L
3A
3D
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EB2
SEE PAGE
34
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
119
HEADLIGHT CLEANER (FOR CANADA)
R–G
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
20A
WIPER
L
15 1H
R–G
17 1H
22 EB2
5
1
2
3
1
SHORT PIN
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
1
2
L
2
W–L
W
W–L
3 1L
4
3
4
7
L–B
2
2
W–B
8
40A AM1
100A ALT
50A MAIN
9
H2
HEADLIGHT
CLEANER
RELAY
5
1
B–W
2
10
TIMER
2
B–L
3
C14
HEADLIGHT
CLEANER SW
[COMB. SW]
B
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
1
M
L–W
W–B
2
W–B
H1
HEADLIGHT
CLEANER MOTOR
(FOR CANADA)
L–W
12
BATTERY
W–B
IE
120
R–G
12 EB2
R–B
7
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
6
6
LIGHT
CONTROL SW
R–G
R–G
OFF
TAIL
C13
COMBINATION
SW
HEAD
AUTO
A
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
16
R–G
W–B
A
5 3A
D5
DIODE
(FOR HEADLIGHT CLEANER)
R–W
3
1
4 3D
DRL
E
D4
DAYTIME
RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
2
W–B
17
13
W–B
L–W
A
W–B
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
W–B
IF
121
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
15A
CIG
GR
7 1J
10 3D
P–L
2 3A
RIGHT/
DOWN
SELECT SW
LEFT/
UP
DOWN
UP
RIGHT
LEFT
OPERATION SW
R7
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
4
VL
VR
LG
M+
E
2
1
3
LG–B
BR–R
LG
A
LG
LG–B
4 IO1
2 IO1
M+
M
M
W–B
LG–R
MLV
LG–B
MLH
LG
4
3 IO1
LG–R
2
A
LG–R
LG–R
4 IG2
BR–Y
11 IG2
BR–R
3 IG2
A
BR–Y
LG–R
3
2
4
3
MRH
MRV
M+
R19
REMOTE
CONTROL
MIRROR LH
R20
REMOTE
CONTROL
MIRROR RH
M
M
B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
W–B
6
BR–Y
8
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
HR
7
LG–R
HL
IG
122
SERVICE HINTS
R 7 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
2–1
: CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT LEFT OR UP POSITION
4–2
: CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT RIGHT OR DOWN POSITION
1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J4
29
R7
29
J7
29
R19
31
CODE
R20
SEE PAGE
31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
1J
3A
3D
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IG2
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IO2
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
IG
36
J4
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
BLACK
A A A
J7
GRAY
R7
GREEN
B
1 2
B B B
4 X 6 7 8
R19
3
4
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
R20
3 2
4
3 2
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
123
POWER WINDOW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
10A
DOME
10A
ECU–IG
30A
POWER
12
L
2
7 1A
1 EB1
17 3D
R–L
20 1H
L–R
L–W
B–R
W
L–Y
L–Y
2 1K
6
6
20 3E
1
1 1C
3 IG1
T7
6 A 9 A
B
POWER
MAIN
RELAY
THEFT DETERRENT
ECU
L
7 A
A ,T8
2
L–Y
5
6
13 1J
L
6
L
B–R
1 B
6 1H
3
12 1J
L
KEY OFF POWER CIRCUIT
I1
L
L
I14 : USA
I34 : CANADA
4 A
R–W
3 B
R–W
W–B
I44
L
8 IM2
L
BR
R–W
19 1H
R–W
3 1B
IE1
R–W
12
R–W
8 IM1
1
1
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
W–B
2
BL
124
2
W–B
W–B
BR
W–B
D13
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT RH
IE
L
L
L–R
P9
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
FRONT LH
AUTO
DOWN
UP
8
–
+
DOOR LOCK
S
5
4
6
NORMAL
R
LOCK
WINDOW LOCK SW
Q
–
+
3
G
IF1
R
8
W–B
IF1
W–B
3
W–B
L
W–B
L
W–B
B11
W–B
W–B
B4
W–B
A
A
BM
2
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BK
M
1
P10
POWER WINDOW
MOTOR FRONT LH
125
POWER WINDOW
L
P9
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
R–Y
IF1
6
6 BQ1
4
1
1
M
P11
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
FRONT RH
126
1
3
1
2
M
P13
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
REAR RH
DOWN
2
3
R
DOWN
UP
2
R
R
2
4
5
G
3
P8
POWER WINDOW CONTROL
SW REAR RH
DOWN
UP
2
G
P6
POWER WINDOW CONTROL
SW FRONT RH
5
5 BQ1
R–Y
1
5
14 BQ1
UP
4
6 BR1
G
IO1
P7
POWER WINDOW CONTROL
SW REAR LH
1
L
IO1
R–L
9
G–W
IN1
L
6
G–Y
L
5 BR1
20
L
B7
14 BR1
IF1
R–Y
G–Y
11
L
DOWN
UP
12
G–Y
L
IF2
L
5 BS1
7
R–B
9 BS1
10
L
IF1
R–B
5
R–B
L
R–B
G–B
L
B28
IF1
G–B
10
R–L
IG1
9
G–B
2
14
G–B
L
7
R–L
IG1
G–W
5
UP
UP
13
G–W
11
REAR LH
DOWN
REAR RH
DOWN
FRONT RH
2
1
M
P12
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
REAR LH
IE1
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE THEFT
DETERRENT ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND, THIS ACTIVATES
THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE
RELAY → TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 5 (FRONT RH, REAR LH, RH) OF THE POWER WINDOW
CONTROL SW.
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (DRIVER’S) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT
FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF
THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES
THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED.
IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE
MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3
OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → TO GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND
CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN OPERATION
WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW SW IS PUSHED STRONGLY ON THE DOWN SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO THE DOWN CONTACT POINT AND AUTO DOWN CONTACT POINT OF THE DRIVER’S SW.
THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND THE HOLD CIRCUIT ALSO TURNS ON AT
THE SANE TIME, SO THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) REMAINS ACTIVATED EVEN WHEN THE SW IS RELEASED.
CURRENT FLOWS AT THIS TIME FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 2 OF
POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, SO THE
MOTOR CONTINUES TO OPERATE UNTIL THE DRIVER’S WINDOW IS FULLY DOWN.
WHEN THE DRIVER’S WINDOW FINISHES DOWN OPERATION THE HOLD CIRCUIT GOES OFF, SO THE RELAY (DOWN SIDE) ALSO
TURNS OFF. THIS STOPS THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 6, SO THE
POWER WINDOW MOTOR STOPS AND AUTO DOWN OPERATION STOPS.
WHEN THE DRIVER’S SW IS PULLED ON THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, THE HOLD CIRCUIT IS TURNED OFF SO
CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 6 IS CUT OFF AND THE POWER WINDOW
MOTOR STOPS. IF THE SW REMAINS PULLED UP THE RELAY (UP SIDE) IS ACTIVATED, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF
THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 →
TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION AND MANUAL UP OPERATION OCCURS
WHILE THE SW IS PULLED UP.
3. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)
WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER
WINDOW CONTROL SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR →
TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 4 →
TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION
CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT
FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN
REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW
BECOMES OPEN.
AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF
THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW
CANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE, REAR LH, RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE
ABOVE CIRCUIT.
4. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER
FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (B)1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF
POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT
FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW
MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 5 (FRONT RH, REAR LH, RH) OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60
SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND
LOWER THE POWER WINDOW. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPEN DETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60
SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)3 OF THEFT DETERRENT ECU. AS A
RESULT, THE ECU TURNED OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVENENT OF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS.
127
POWER WINDOW
SERVICE HINTS
P 9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
4, 5–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT UP POSITION
6–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN
POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
D12
30
D13
J12
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
P8
31
P13
31
30
P9
31
T7
A
29
30
P10
31
T8
B
29
P6
31
P11
31
P7
31
P12
31
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
19
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
6
24
R/B NO. 6 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B
1C
1H
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.1
NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1J
1K
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE1
36
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IF1
IF2
IG1
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
36
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IM1
IM2
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IN1
38
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IO1
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BQ1
40
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BR1
40
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BS1
40
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
BK
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT LH
BL
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I1
I14
I34
I44
128
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B4
38
COWL WIRE
B7
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
40
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE
B11
B28
129
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
15
W–R
R–G
Y–G
9
2
A
AM2
W–R
ST2
D
A
E4
D
IK1
6
P1
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL
START SW)
P
B–W
TO STARTER
W–R
50A MAIN
B
10
5 EB2
W
2
2 1K
L–W
3
20 1H
B–L
4
2
N
5
10 EB2
E5
IK1
B–W
Y–G
R–G
B–L
14 3E
2
5
13 EB2
13 3D
18 EB2
I11
IGNITION SW
12 EB2
16
B
4
1
J3
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
B–W
2
2
R–G
3
R–G
1
2
STARTER RELAY
W–R
HEADLIGHT RELAY
2
2
J2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
2
B–W
14
30A
POWER
15A
AM2
11
B–W
W
7. 5A
ECU–B
10 B
9 A
HEAD
IND
W–B
10
W–B
B
I138
W–B
1
2
I60
BR
W–B
1
M
B
EA
EB
IE
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
2
W–B
F11
FUEL LID
OPENER MOTOR
IG
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
I48
9
W–B
3 IM3
E7
BK
130
R
L
6
14 1K
1
M
L5
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR OPENER MOTOR
6
L–O
IE2
2
W–B
E4
5
4
2
L–O
1
POWER
MAIN
RELAY
2 1G
L 1
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR OPEN SW
1
TO
1 A
W–G
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
R–G
3
1
TSW
13 B
W–B
W–R
F7
FUEL LID
OPENER SW
2
6
KSW
20 B
R
12 B
R
4 A
1
6
B THEFT DETERRENT ECU
R
R–G
E
A ,T8
I 11
UNLOCK WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
C
PRLY
6 A
L–W
DSWH
14 B
BR
C
9 EC1
5
+B2
T7
R–L
J7
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
SRLY
FROM WIRELESS DOOR
LOCK ECU
25 B
R8
INDICATOR LIGHT [RHEOSTAT]
L–W
W–R
BATTERY
L–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
2
21
ALT
100A
15A
CIG
10A
ECU–IG
20A
HAZ–HORN
1
22
7 1J
2
7 1A
2
W
W
W
B–R
2
2
GR
4 1E
1
3
20 3E
2
B–R
2
2
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
C
10 3D
G–W
A
G–Y
G–W
11 B
ACC
24 B
SH
T7
LSWP
L–W
B30
L–W
W–B
7
IM2
L
L–R
M
4
6
IF2
3
11 BQ1
L–R
1
12 BQ1
L–B
2
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR
UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH
L–W
8
9 IG1
I43 : USA
I19 : CANADA
L
D
IF2
L–W
4 BR1
D
J5
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
13 BR1
D
L–W
3
L
5
L–W
L–R
2
IE1
IM1
2
1
M
4
L–W
B8
4
W–B
BQ1
W–B
IF1
W–B
L–W
3
W–B
4
IE1
L–W
IN1
M
L–W
5
1
D 22
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR
UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH
L–W
IO1
4
W–B
2
W–B
5
3
W–B
M
11 BR1
L–B
4
19
L
B32
12 BR1
18
L–B
L
L–W
1
L–B
B9
J 5
JUNCTION
CUNNECTOR
L–B
D2 0
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR
UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH
L–B
IN1
L–R
4
L–B
IE1
D19
B L–B
B29
IO1
2 B
L–O
B
L–O
L–B
9
FROM
WIRELESS
DOOR LOCK
ECU
L–R
L–B
LSWR
15 B
L
B
L–B
I97
LSWD
2 A
IM2
L–R
B THEFT DETERRENT ECU
L–B
L–R
FROM WIRELESS DOOR
LOCK ECU
IG
ACT–
3 A
6
13
A ,T8
ACT+
21 B
7 A
HORN
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR
UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH
8 A
TAIL
B–R
I143
A
G–R
B
23 B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
W–B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
P–L
B
11 EB2 TO HORN LH
T1
THEFT
DETERRENT
HORN
B–R
G–R
1
G–W
3 3A
L–B
8 1B
W
C
D21
4
17 3D
W
1
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
3
HORN
RELAY
2 EB1
W–B
13
BQ1
L–W
W–B
131
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
6 IO1
W–B
B11
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B4
W–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
2
W–B
W–B
L–Y
L–Y
I23 : USA
I38 : CANADA
2
6 IG2
2 IG2
1 EB1
1 1C
12 1K
5 1C
B–W
I7
9 3D
11 3A
L–Y
W–R
2
B–W
B–W
W–R
B–R
L–Y
12
P9
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW
[POWER WINDOW
MASTER SW]
1
11 IM1
W–R
I6
B–R
10A
DOME
L–Y
11 IO1
4
L–Y
B–Y
10 IO1
5
L–Y
L–Y
W–R
19 IO1
11
IF1
L–Y
1
8
LOCK
3
IF1
UNLOCK
4
B–R
LOCK
UNLOCK
3
D18
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL
SW RH
L–Y
B–W
5 B
8 B
L2
L–Y
W–R
6 1H
1 B
UL2
+B1
T7
A ,T8
DSWP
B THEFT DETERRENT ECU
LUG
19 B
DSWD
9 B
7 B
8
IM1
R–W
R–W
IE1
R–Y
12
IE1
R–W
R–W
B12
1
1
W–B
B47
2
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
B4
W–B
W–B
B15
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B42
1
D14
DOOR COURTESY
SW REAR LH
3
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
2
W–B
B35
16
1A
R–W
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
17
R–Y
L6
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
KEY UNLOCK SW
W–B
L–W
1
W–B
2
1 IM1
D15
DOOR COURTESY
SW REAR RH
1
2
1H
R–W
W–B
R–W
3
R–Y
R–W
D13
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT RH
G
B34
L–W
G
R–W
G
R–W
17
IM1
A
W–B
W–B
A
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
132
W–B
BN
BL
A
A
BM
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
C10
TO WIRELESS DOOR
LOCK MAIN SW
12
B
A , C11
R–W
B
OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
R–W
R–L
L8
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT SW
1
FROM WIRELESS DOOR
LOCK ECU
2
IM1
R–L
B–Y
B41
R–L
B–Y
4 B
16 B
DSWL
UL3
L1
6 B
3 B
W–B
B THEFT DETERRENT ECU
CTY
W–B
A ,T8
UL1
B
T7
I95
W–B
L–Y
L7
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
R–L
1
2
B–Y
L–Y
11
A
L–Y
L–Y
22 B
R–W
B
I96
R–B
R–W
R–W
B
R–W
B
1 IG2
18 IO1
12 IO1
B
B–Y
3
1
R–W
9
LOCK
B
LOCK
3
2
2
W–B
3 1B
1
W–B
1 1K
19
1H
D16
DOOR KEY LOCK
AND UNLOCK SW
FRONT LH
R–B
UNLOCK
R–W
5 IG2
UNLOCK
I44
D17
DOOR KEY LOCK
AND UNLOCK SW
FRONT RH
R–W
B
I11 : USA
I32 : CANADA
IF1
7
IO1
W–B
W–B
I102
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BK
IH
133
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU THROUGH THE POWER FUSE, AND TO TERMINAL
(B)1 THROUGH THE DOME FUSE.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON. THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE ECU →
TERMINAL (A)6 FLOWS THROUGH THE COIL SIDE OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY TO GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY TO OPERATE.
THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER FUSE FLOWS TO THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWITCHES, CAUSING THE
INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)5,
(B)22 (FOR KEY SW) OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL
(A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)3 → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 4 (LH),
TERMINAL 2 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → TO GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE
DOOR TO LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL (A)8, (B)6 (FOR KEY SW LH) OR (B)16 (FOR KEY SW RH) OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU AND CAUSES TO FUNCTION.
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)2 → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK
MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → TO GROUND AND THE DOOR
LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO UNLOCK.
WHEN UNLOCK OPERATION OCCURS USING THE LH DOOR KEY SW, DOING THE UNLOCK OPERATION ONCE UNLOCKS ONLY THE
DRIVER’S DOOR. TO UNLOCK ALL THE OTHER DOORS TOGETHER, UNLOCK OPERATION MUST BE DONE AGAIN WITHIN
3SECONDS OF THE FIRST OPERATION.
3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
* OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK BUTTON (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS)
WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON) AND THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING
DOOR LOCK BUTTON (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE
OPERATION OF THE ECU. AS A RESULT OF ECU ACTIVATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU →
TERMINAL (A)2 → TERMINAL 4 (LH), TERMINAL 2 (RH) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL 2 (LH), TERMINAL 4 (RH) →
TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)4 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND DOOR
LOCK KEY SW.
* KEY LESS LOCK OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS STILL INSERTED IN THE CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE DOOR IS OPEN AND UNLOCK
OPERATION IS PREVENTED BY KEEPING THE DOOR LOCK BUTTON PRESSED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE DOOR IS KEPT IN THE
LOCK CONDITION. IF THE DOOR IS THEN CLOSED, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW. THIS
ACTIVATES THE ECU AND EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED.
SERVICE HINTS
D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–2: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
D16, D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH
1–2: CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY
3–2: CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D19, D20, D21, D22 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–3: CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION
E 4 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
1–2: CLOSED WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]
10–9: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
L 6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW
2–1: CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCK WITH KEY
L 8 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
1–GROUND: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
134
T 7(A), T 8(B) THEFT DETERRENT ECU
(B) 9–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B) 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN
(B) 14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN
(B) 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
(B) 8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B) 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW TO LOCK POSITION
(B) 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH REAR DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B) 25–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
(A) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(B) 20–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
(B) 15–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B) 21–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT RH DOOR TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B) 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR KEY LOCK SW LH TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B) 16–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR KEY LOCK SW RH TO UNLOCK POSITION
(B) 22–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR KEY LOCK SW TO LOCK POSITION
(A) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(B) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C10
C11
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
28
D22
30
L5
30
B
28
E4
26
L6
30
D12
30
F7
28
L7
30
D13
30
F11
30
L8
30
D14
30
I11
29
P1
27
D15
30
J2
29
P9
31
D16
30
J3
29
R8
29
D17
30
J5
29
T1
D18
30
J7
29
T7
A
29
D19
30
J12
30
T8
B
29
D20
30
J13
30
D21
30
L1
29
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
19
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
6
24
R/B NO. 6 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B
1C
1E
1G
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1H
1J
1K
3A
3D
3E
135
THEFT DETERRENT AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
EB2
EC1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
34
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IE1
IE2
IF1
IF2
IG1
IG2
IK1
IM1
IM2
IM3
IN1
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IO1
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BQ1
40
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BR1
40
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
34
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IH
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BK
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT LH
BL
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
BN
40
LUGGAGE ROOM RIGHT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E7
SEE PAGE
34
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
CODE
I6
I143
I7
B4
I11
B8
I19
B9
I23
B11
I32
B12
I38
I43
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
38
COWL WIRE
40
FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE
40
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE
B15
38
COWL WIRE
B29
I44
B30
I48
B32
I60
B34
I95
B35
I96
B41
I97
B42
I102
B47
136
SEE PAGE
I138
137
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
10A
ECU–IG
10A
DOME
12
1
EB1
L–Y
7 1A
1
1C
L–Y
B–R
2
T7 A ,T8
17 3D
R–B
2
UL3
6 B
G
1
DSWP
19 B
B–Y
W–L
UL1
16 B
8 3E
5
1C
L–Y
6
1H
L–Y
B–R
W–L
4
IM1
L1
22 B
B
KSW
20 B
R
+B1
1 B
W9
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK
MAIN SW
B
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
2
11 IM3
+B
W10
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU
7
LSWR
10
11
5 IM1
6 IM1
18 IM1
12 IM1
14
1K
B
R
I48
B–R
19
IM1
L
B32
R–W
L–O
12
LSWD
L–R
4
IG
LSWP
L
CTY
B–Y
6
R
3 IM1
UL
B–Y
9
L
B
8
W–B
E
R
KSW
3
L–O
L–O
L–R
L–R
L
L
2
1G
R
B
I96
L
B
17 IM1
G
B–Y
I95
B
R
I11 : USA
I32 : CANADA
B–Y
2
2
W–B
7
IO1
W–B
W–B
9
IF1
W–B
B47
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
138
BL
IH
B35
D15
DOOR COURTESY SW
REAR RH
R–W
1
2
W–B
W–B
IG
3
W–B
3
FROM DOOR
COURTESY
LIGHT REAR
RH
1
R–W
B34
G–W
D13
DOOR COURTESY SW
FRONT RH
G
1
D16
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW FRONT LH
R–B
3
UNLOCK
B
5 IG2
LOCK
W–B
1 IG2
2
B
B
D17
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
B–Y
1
UNLOCK
3
LOCK
9
12 IO1
B
18 IO1
R–W
B39
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–W
R–W
10
W–B
I11
UNLOCK WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
B
R–B
W–B
B42
W–B
W–B
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
BN
W–B
R–W
19
1H
R–W
12
IE1
8
IM1
R–W
I44
R–W
3
1B
3 B
CTY
T7 A ,T8
B
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
ACT+
2
M
3
4
4 BQ1
13 BQ1
L–W
L–W
L–W
R–W
2 1H
1
3
4
IF2
4
17
R–W
B8
L–W
B12
IH
R–W
R–W
D
L–W
R–Y
J5
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
B15
W–B
W–B
W–B
D
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
A
B4
W–B
1
3
2
1
D14
DOOR COURTESY
SW REAR LH
W–B
W–B
FROM DOOR
COURTESY
LIGHT REAR
LH
D
L–W
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
W–B
7
IM2
L–W
IE1
IF1
W–B
IE1
L–W
8
R–W
R–Y
2
W–B
B30
R–W
9 IG1
M
6
R–Y
L–O
L–B
L–O
2
IF2
L–O
L–B
1
5
G–W
5 IN1
16 1A
W–B
5 IO1
L–R
L–B
2
12 BQ1
L–W
13 BR1
3
B9
L–W
4 BR1
M
11 BQ1
W–B
L–W
2
W–B
3
4
D20
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION
SW FRONT RH
M
1
L–W
L–B
4
4 IN1
L–R
L–R
1
13 IO1
W–B
12 BR1
D22
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION
SW REAR RH
11 BR1
I13 : USA
I33 : CANADA
L–B
B29
L–B
IE1
L–R
L–B
L–R
L–B
9
IE1
L–B
18
I97
L
L–B
J5
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
L–O
L–O
L–R
B
D21
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION
SW REAR LH
L–B
L
I 5 : USA
I 9 : CANADA
RRLC
B
B
L–B
L–O
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
L–B
L–R
L
L
1
3
R–Y
L
6
IM2
7 B
PLCK
LOCK
I43 : USA
I19 : CANADA
2 A
L–W
L–R
I12
ACT– DSWD
15 B
L–B
I16 : USA
I35 : CANADA
L
LSWD
3 A
L–O
21 B
L–R
2 B
D19
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION
SW FRONT LH
LSWP
L–W
LSWR
3
2
W–B
BM
139
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
DOOR LOCK CONTROL (LOCK AND UNLOCK) IS PERFORMED BY REMOTE CONTROL, WITHOUT THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN
THE DOOR KEY CYLINDER, USING LOW–POWER RADIO WAVES EMITTED BY A TRANSMITTER BUILT INTO IGNITION KEY.
1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATION
WITH THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK MAIN SW ON, THE IGNITION KEY NOT INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK
WARNING SW OFF) AND ALL THE DOORS COMPLETELY CLOSED, WHEN THE SW (TRANSMITTER) ON THE IGNITION KEY IS
PUSHED, THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU RECEIVES THE ELECTRICAL WAVES FROM THE IGNITION KEY (TRANSMITTER),
CAUSING IT TO OPERATE.
AS A RESULT, THE ECU JUDGES WHETHER THE DOOR IS LOCKED OR UNLOCKED BASED ON THE SIGNAL FROM THE DOOR LOCK
MOTOR. AND SENDS A SIGNAL TO THE DOOR LOCK ECU TO SW THE CONDITION FROM LOCK TO UNLOCK OR VICE VERSA,
CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE (FOR THE CURRENT FLOW DURING LOCK AND UNLOCK REFER TO THE DOOR
LOCK CONTROL SYSTEM.)
2. AUTO LOCK OPERATION
AFTER PUSHING THE IGNITION KEY SW (TRANSMITTER) TO UNLOCK ALL THE DOORS, IF A DOOR IS NOT OPENED WITHIN 30
SECONDS, ALL OF THE DOORS ARE AUTOMATICALLY LOCKED AGAIN.
3. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK STOP FUNCTION
IF A DOOR IS OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM THE DOOR COURTESY SW TO THE WIRELESS DOOR
LOCK ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK.
IF THE IGNITION KEY IS IN THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON). THE UNLOCK WARNING SW INPUT A SIGNAL
TO THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU, STOPPING WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK.
4. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTION
IF THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK CONDITION DOES NOT CHANGE AFTER WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK OPERATION, THE
DOOR LOCK ECU SENDS CURRENT TEN TIMES TO THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR. IF THE DOOR LOCK CONDITION STILL HAS NOT
CHANGED AS A RESULT THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU STOPS RECEPTION AND STOPS DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK FUNCTION.
BY MANUALLY OPERATION THE DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK, THE STOP CONDITION OF THE WIRELESS DOOR LOCK FUNCTION IS
RELEASED.
SERVICE HINTS
D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–2, 3–2: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPENED
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]
10–9: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
W10 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU
1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIRELESS DOOR LOCK MAIN SW ON
7–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
10–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH EACH DOOR OPENED
6–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
D12
30
D20
30
D13
30
D21
30
D14
30
D22
30
T7
A
29
D15
30
I11
29
T8
B
29
D16
30
I12
29
W9
29
D17
30
J5
29
W10
31
D19
30
J7
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B
1C
1G
1H
1K
140
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
J12
30
J13
30
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EB1
IE1
IF1
IF2
IG1
IG2
IM1
IM2
IM3
IN1
IO1
BQ1
BR1
SEE PAGE
34
36
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO
NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
38
38
40
40
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IG
IH
BL
BM
BN
SEE PAGE
36
36
40
40
40
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
RIGHT KICK PANEL
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
LUGGAGE ROOM RIGHT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I5
I9
I11
I12
I13
I16
I19
I32
I33
I35
I43
I44
I48
I95
I96
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I97
B4
B8
B9
B12
B15
B29
B30
B32
B34
B35
B39
B42
B47
38
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
40
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE
141
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
15A
CIG
10A
DOME
12
2
7 1J
L–Y
6 1L
GR
GR
1 EB1
L–Y
5
1C
10 3C
2 3C
1 3C
P–L
L–Y
9 3D
P–L
10 3D
5
2
GR
9 IM1
2
4
R5
REAR CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
3
W–B
3
W–B
1
C8
CLOCK
C7
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
12 3C
15 3B
W–B
W–B
4 3D
A
BL
142
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
1
1C
L–Y
SERVICE HINTS
C7 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
R 5 REAR CIGARETTE LIGHTER
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
C 8 CLOCK
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)
5–GROUND : APPROX .12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
(POWER FOR INDICATION)
3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
C7
28
J11
29
C8
28
R5
29
CODE
SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C
1J
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1L
3B
3C
3D
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
BL
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
C 7
C 8
B LA CK
J1 1
R 5
1
3 4
A
X
2
3
5
A
2
A
A
A
A
143
CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
19
10A
ECU–IG
15A
TEL
20
2
B–R
G–R
7 1A
B–R
I18 : USA
I41 : CANADA
B–R
G–R
3 EB1
3
IE2
G–R
IE1
B–R
4
10 A
9 A
T15
B , T16
A
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
R
R
+B
G–B
IG+
5
4
16
IG+
+B
+B
14
8
1
6
24
W
R–W
G
A
BM
144
17
8
3D
3E
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
B–R
11
IM3
T–A+
M5
B ,M6
MOBILEPHONE
3 BS2
A
HOOK
3 A
4 A
8 BS2
4 BS2
6 BS3
8 A
3 A
1 B
AGND
HOOK
R–A+
2
B IG+
AGND
7 B
G–W
(SHIELDED)
7 A
TACC
B–R
12 BS2
SHLD
G–W
2 A
PH–
2 B
LG
18
W
7 BS2
IE2
R–A+
7 A
(SHIELDED)
5 BS2
L
6
9
C14
PH+
TELEPHONE
MICROPHONE
[COMB. SW]
B–R
(SHIELDED)
L
B–W
IE2
SHLD
2 A
B
W–B
(SHIELDED)
7
T–A+
11 B
B
(SHIELDED)
TACC
6 A
W
MIC–
1 A
(SHIELDED)
MIC+
11 A
B
W
GND
2
W
W
W
HOOK
LG
TACC
W
SHLD
B
MIC+
V
AGND
15
G
GND
BR
R–A+
17
B
GND
GR–W
T–A+
3
B
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
TELI
A8
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
R13
REAR DOOR
SPEAKER LH
18
B
IJ2
9 BQ1
8 BQ1
Y
GR–R
5 BS3
T15
B , T16
A
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
22
MUTE
SCNT
25
SP–
19
SP+
6
2
TEL+
TEL–
10
4
SP–
SP+
SPEAKER RELAY
C–DT
R–DT
LGND
MUTE
GND
AUD+
12
18
23
10
5
3
R–W
T–DT
1
SCNT
G–W
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
AUD–
MUTE
AUD+
AUD–
9
Y–B
11
L–W
13
BR
L
BR
GR
R–W
TELI
5 B
SP+
B–W
12 B
SP–
R–W
3 B
B
GR–R
13
1
Y
GR–R
2
B
Y
R
O
B
Y–B
T–DT
C–DT
R–DT
LGND
R–L
B
Y
10 BS2
9 BS2
6 BS2
7 BS3
3 BS1
10 BS1
5 A
T–DT
6 A
C–DT
R–DT
LGND
8
B ,M6
A
MUTE
3
B
W–B
GND
M5
5
13
1 A
R–L
4 A
IJ2
Y
12
B
R–L
GR
11 BS2
GR
12 A
G
5 A
G
4 B
Y
8 A
Y
8 B
P
1 B
P
6 B
MOBILEPHONE
R3
RADIO AND
PLAYER
RL+
RL–
S15
STEREO COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
BL
145
CELLULAR MOBILE TELEPHONE
SERVICE HINTS
T15(B), T16(A) TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
(A) 9–GROUND
(A) 10–GROUND
(A) 11–GROUND
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
28
C14
28
J12
30
29
S15
31
M5
B
M6
SEE PAGE
A8
A
CODE
SEE PAGE
29
T15
B
31
R3
29
T16
A
31
R13
31
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1A
3D
3E
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EB1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE1
IE2
IJ2
36
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH)
IM3
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BQ1
40
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PANEL)
40
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE ((UNDER THE LEFT SIDE OF REAR SEAT CUSHION))
BS1
BS2
BS3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BL
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I18
146
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I41
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
147
CRUISE CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
13
15A
GAUGE
15
10A
ECU–IG
7. 5A
ECU–B
15A
AM2
14
2
2
W–R
W–R
7 1A
5 EB2
W–R
17 3D
R–L
B–Y
13 EB2
11
I11
IGNITION SW
AM2
W–R
B–R
18 3D
13 3D
2
N3
NOISE
FILTER
5
7 3F
B–L
17 3A
14
15
B
BATT
10 A
20 B
R–L
20
PI
TC
PKB
8
3
GR–R
Y–L
R–L
3E
(USA)
1 3E
R–L
8 3F
V–W
I63
V1
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1
(FOR COMBINATION METER)
Y–B
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
Y–L
10
A/D
1
4
TC
D3
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
P4
PARKING
BRAKE SW
3
B
R–L
2
1
148
16 3E
IK1
TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
ECU)
F2
L–R
IK1
L–Y
F3
R–L
IK1
Y–B
10 3A
(CANADA)
L–B
5
10
L–R
V–W
E14
2
N&C
V–W
14 A
W–B
13 A
V–W
R–L
C15
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
CRUISE
SPEED METER
COMBINATION METER
SPD
15 A
B–L
I76
B–L
B
L–Y
C10 A , C11
1 A
B–Y
1
15 3D
ST2
6 1J
B–R
9 1H
16
W–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
E7 A ,E8
B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
20A
STOP
OD1
S2
IDL1
9 B
64 B
P–B
12 A
W
P–B
I120
TO THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
TO ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION
SOLENOID
R–L
R–L
D2
IK1
IK2
G–W
IK1
F14
G
E4
V
B
P–B
I131
3 1D
2
3
1
4
S9
STOP LIGHT SW
R–L
12 1A
G–W
NSW
76 B
3 3D
9
22
OD
C15
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
23
ECT
1
G–B
16
STP+
IDL
(CANADA)
R–L
G–W (USA)
B
R–B
1 3F
G
GR–B
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(CANADA)
B
B–L
(USA)
B
STP–
2 3F
6 3F
12 3D
4 3D
4
MC
MO
24
11
12
RESUME/
ACCEL
3
IC2
2
VR3
B14
1
VR2
LG
IC2
B18 IC2
7
VR1
B22
6
MC
IC2
R–L
A11
G–R
LG–B
A15 IC2
LG
A19 IC2
CCS
P
MAIN
W–B
VR1
25
G–R
12
CMS
VR2
26
LG–B
B–O
3
VR3
LG–R
B–W
CCS
18
LG–R
4
P
GND
CMS
13
W–B
L 10
5
MO
L
SET/
COAST
CANCEL
CLOSE
OPEN
M
POTENTIOMETER
GND
C2
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
4
W–B
W–B
C13
CRUISE CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
W–B
A
IF
E9
W–B
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
EB
EA
149
CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OF STOP
LIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGH THE ECU–B FUSE TO TERMINAL 15 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)1 OF COMBINATION
METER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3
OF CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL 4 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FUNCTIONS
AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO TERMINAL 13 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND
THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)1 OF CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR
LIGHT → TERMINAL (B)20 → TERMINAL 5 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISE
CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.
1. SET OPERATION
WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET
LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND
THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.
2. SET SPEED CONTROL
DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE
SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE SPEED SENSOR, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE
CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL
ACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OF
CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE
VALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER
THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OF
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.
3. COAST CONTROL
DURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DIECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE
COAST SWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
4. ACCEL CONTROL
DURING–CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THE
THROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED.
THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET
SPEED.
5. RESUME CONTROL
UNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H. 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SET
SPEED BY THE CANCEL SW. PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE
CANCELLATION.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM
IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF
THE ACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS
RELEASED.
∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER IN “N” POSITION (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW ON)). “SIGNAL INPUT TO
TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU”
∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE ECU”
∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU”
∗ PUSHING THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18“ OF THE ECU”
150
7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION
A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS
ERASED. CURRENT FLOW TO SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW
TURNS OFF).
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON.
∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.
∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW.
∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED AND
THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF SAFETY MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL IS
RELEASED.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OF STOP LIGHT SW.
8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION
∗ IN OVERDRIVE. IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4
KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THE
POWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED.
∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEED
MINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIOMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THAT THE
UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER APPROXIMATELY 6 SECONDS.
∗ DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM THE CRUISE CONTROL
ECU TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). UPON RECEIVING
THIS SIGNAL, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) CHANGES
THE SHIFT PATTERN TO NORMAL.
TO MAINTAIN SMOOTH CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION (ON A DOWNWARD SLOPE ETC.), LOCK–UP RELEASE OF THE
TRANSMISSION WHEN THE IDLING POINT OF THE THROTTLE POSITION IS “ON” IS FORBIDDEN.
SERVICE HINTS
C2 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1–3 : APPROX. 2 KΩ
5–4 : APPROX. 38.5 C13 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
3–4 : CONTINUITY WITH MAIN SW ON
12–4 : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON
APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON
APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON
C15 CRUISE CONTROL ECU
14–GROUND
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
1, 15–GROUND
: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
3–GROUND
: CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW)
20–GROUND
: 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT
18–GROUND
: APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW
APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SW
APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON IN CRUISE CONTROL SW
13–GROUND
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
151
CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C2
C10
A
C11
B
C13
C15
D3
SEE PAGE
26
28
28
28
28
28
CODE
E7
A
E8
B
I11
J8
J9
J11
SEE PAGE
CODE
N3
P4
S9
V1
28
28
29
29
29
29
SEE PAGE
29
29
29
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1A
1D
1H
1J
3A
3C
3E
3F
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EB2
IC2
IK1
IK2
34
36
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
EB
IF
SEE PAGE
34
34
36
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
BEHIND COMPARTMENT METER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E9
I63
I76
152
34
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
38
COWL WIRE
CODE
I120
I131
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE WIRE
153
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
1
W–R
V–G
2
3
ABS MOTOR
RELAY
V–G
4
G–R
W–R
2
13 EB2
D11
W–R
2
P
IK2
2
L
P
13 3D
2 EB2
2
13 EA1
B
A , A20
L
A
A
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–R
SFL
6 A
W–R
BAT
MT
AST
8 A 9 A
SRR
12 A
Y–R
B
B–L
1 A
SFR
16 EA1
V–G
V–G
SFR
1 B
A12 IC2
W–B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
O
22 B
L–W
6
2
G–R
G–R
R–
Y–G
2
100A ALT
2
4 A
MR
P
3
1
2
11 A
SR
B–Y
3
B
11
ABS ECU (W/O TRACTION CONTROL)
60A ABS
40A
ABS NO. 2
7. 5A ECU–B
13
C
5 A
O
2
Y–R
4
A19
12
C
5
ABS
SOLENOID
RELAY
14
4
1 EA1
V–G
2
1
2 EA1
P
2
2
14 3E
4 EA2
4 A
SFL
3 A
2 A 5 A
SRR
AST
MT
1 EA2
M
BATTERY
W–B
+BS
4 B
B ,A5
A
3 B
GND
1 B
ABS ACTUATOR
W–B
B
+BM
A4
L
EB
154
EA
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
10A
ECU–IG
20A
STOP
6 1J
R–L
3 1D
W
7 1A
15A
GAUGE
A
B , C11
(SHORT PIN)
11
G–W
WA
16
1 B
21 A
22
17 3D
G
P–L
4
TS
C10
1
TC
Y–L
14
S9
STOP LIGHT SW
D3
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
ABS
TC
B–R
23
WB
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
ABS WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
2
P
3 3D
F5
IK1
D7
1
15 3A
P–L
14 3D
16 3E
2
Y–B
G
I98
W–B
B
Y–B
B
P–L
B–R
G–W
B
17 B
6 B
10 B
11 B
7 B
TC
TS
WA
IG1
RL+
7 A
RR+
RR–
14 B
RL–
3 B
RSS
8 B
19 B
20 B
W–B
FR–
Y–B
1 A
L
FR+
2 A
P
FSS
BR
FL–
10 A
16 B
PKB
BR
3 A
B
Y
FL+
A , A20
STP
(SHIELDED)
BR
13 B
W–B
GND
2 B
W–B
GND
A19
ABS ECU (W/O TRACTION CONTROL)
I137
(SHIELDED)
Y–L
I106
B
1
IE1
10 IM3
9 IM3
8 IM3
(SHIELDED)
IE1
L
3
BR
IE1
Y
W
B
(SHIELDED)
R
G
(SHIELDED)
2
P
B
I105
(SHIELDED)
IH
1
1
1
W–B
2
P4
PARKING
BRAKE SW
2
A28
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR RH
A7
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT RH
2
A6
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH
W–B
1
1
A27
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR LH
D/G
13 3E
P–L
9 3E
Y–L
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
21 B
IK2
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Y–L
V
IK1
B1
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SW
R–G
E6
2
IE
155
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT
FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE
WHEELS DO NOT LOCK.
THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING
TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO
THE RESERVOIR.
THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR
TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT
ACTING ON SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED.
HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE, BY REPEATED
PRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE
STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING.
SERVICE HINTS
A 4(B), A 5(A) ABS ACTUATOR
(B) 1–GROUND
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(A) 1, (A) 3, (B) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 1.20 (IGNITION SW OFF)
(A) 2–GROUND
: 4–6 (IGNITION SW OFF)
A 6, A 7, A27, A28 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–2 : 0.8–1.3 K (20°C, 68°F)
A19(A), A20(B) ABS ECU (W/O TRACTION CONTROL)
(B) 11–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
(B) 2, (B) 13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(B) 22–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS
(B) 1, (A) 6, (A) 12–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON
(B) 16–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
(B) 7–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON (BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED)
P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
S 9 STOP LIGHT SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
156
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A4
A5
SEE PAGE
B
26
A
26
CODE
SEE PAGE
A28
B1
CODE
SEE PAGE
30
J2
29
26
J7
29
A6
26
C10
B
28
J8
29
A7
26
C11
A
28
P4
29
S9
29
A19
A
28
D1
26
A20
B
28
D3
28
30
J1
27
A27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1D
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1J
3A
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
EB2
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
IC2
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IE1
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
EA2
IK1
IK2
IM3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
34
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IH
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I98
I105
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I106
38
COWL WIRE
I137
38
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
157
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
158
ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
(FOR ABS)
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT
FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE
WHEELS DO NOT LOCK.
THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONALLY STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS AND TRACTION
ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING, THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR CONTROLS THE
CURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL
CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS
THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT
ACTING ON SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED, HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION,
HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDEN
BRAKING.
(FOR TRACTION CONTROL)
THE TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM IS A SYSTEM WHEREBY THE “ABS AND TRACTION ECU” AND “TRACTION ECU” CONTROLS THE
ENGINE TORQUE AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER OF THE DRIVING WHEELS IN ORDER TO CONTROL
SPINNING OF THE DRIVING WHEELS WHEN STARTING OFF AND ACCELERATING, AND PROVIDE THE MOST APPROPRIATE DRIVING
FORCE IN RESPONSE TO THE ROAD CONDITIONS FOR VEHICLE STABILITY.
TRACTION CONTROL OPERATION
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNALS FROM THE SPEED SENSOR INSTALLED ON EACH WHEEL ARE INPUT TO THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU.
WHEN THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL IS DEPRESSED WHILE DRIVING ON A SLIPPERY ROAD AND THE DRIVING WHEEL (REAR WHEEL)
SLIPS, IF THE ROTATION OF THE REAR WHEEL EXCEEDS THE ROTATION OF THE FRONT WHEELS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD, THE
ECU JUDGES THAT THE REAR WHEEL IS SLIPPING.
WHEN THIS OCCURS, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TRACTION ECU TO SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR TO CLOSE THE SUB THROTTLE
VALVE.
THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL VTA OF SUB THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR TO
TERMINAL VTA2 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TO KEEP THE
ENGINE RPM AT THE MOST SUITABLE LEVEL FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AND REDUCE SLIP OF THE DRIVING WHEEL. AT THE
SAME TIME, OPERATION OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU CAUSE THE TRACTION BRAKE ACTUATORS (ACC CUT, MIC CUT,
RESERVOIR CUT SOLENOID) TO TURN ON TO SWITCH THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT TO “TRACTION” MODE.
IN THIS CASE, SIGNALS ARE INPUT FROM TERMINAL SRR OF THE ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ABS
ACTUATOR, AND FROM TERMINAL SRL OF ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO TERMINAL (A)6 OF ABS ACTUATOR, CONTROLLING THE
REAR WHEEL SOLENOID IN THE ABS ACTUATOR AND INCREASING THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE WHEEL CYLINDER IN
ORDER TO PREVENT SLIP.
TO MAINTAIN THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE OF THE REAR WHEELS, THE REAR WHEEL SOLENOID INSIDE THE ABS ACTUATOR IS
PUT IN “HOLD” MODE AND KEEPS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TO THE WHEEL CYLINDER CONSTANT.
WHEN THE BRAKE CYLINDER HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS REDUCED, THE PRESSURE REDUCTION MODE REDUCES AND CONTROLS
THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE.
159
ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
L–R
W–R
R
V–G
3
V–G
1
V–G
I135
T6
TRACTION
SOLENOID
RELAY
W–L
1 EA1
2
4
Y–G
Y–G
R
2
1
13 EB2
3
2
4
2
2
EB2
P
G–R
G–R
2
EA1
G–R
L
L
R
W–R
2
2
14
10A TRAC
L
2
1
3
2
4
12
7. 5A ECU–B
29
2
40A
ABS
NO. 2
TRACTION
MOTOR
RELAY
V–G
2
11
EA1
P
L–R
P
ABS
MOTOR
RELAY
5 EA2
V–G
5 EA1
V–G
V–G
L–R
W–R
W–L
2
30
13
11
L
2
60A ABS
4
14 EB2
2
4
ABS
SOLENOID
RELAY
6
2
2
3
100A ALT
1
3
2
W–B
2
L
1
O
L–Y
5
2
13
EA1
O
2
3
2
BTM
MTT
P
M
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
EM2
1
W–B
A
B
W–B
B–L
2
T5
TRACTION
PUMP AND
MOTOR
B
16 EA1
B
W–B
L
B
EB
160
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
BATTERY
IE
V–G
* 1 : USA
* 2 : CANADA
L–R
L–R
GR–L (* 2)
13
3D
W–R
V–G
15
3E
(* 1)
L–Y
P
I137
14 3E
W–L
W–L
B
TRACTION ACTUATOR
1 A
W–L
A ,T4
W–L
T3
W–L
E1
W–R
Y–G
2 A
3 A
BSM
BA
SRC
SMC
SAC
5 A
B5
22 A
3 A
E2
PR
VC
SFL
13 A
SRR
26 A
A16
1 A
IC2
R
B6 IC2
2 C
3 C
SMC
AST
21 A
SAC
MT
9 A
IC2
P–B
Y–R
W–B
L–Y
IC2
P–B
W–B
O
8 C
SRC
SRL
7 C
V
R
IC2
R–Y
B4
6 A
V
W
16 A
Y–R
GND SFR
4 C
1 C
A12 IC2
4 A
SFR
3 A
SFL
6 A
SRR
2 A
SRL
5 A
AST
MT
I101
M
W–B
W–B
4 A
W
B
(SHIELDED)
BAT
I136
A20
1 B
L–W
GND
9 C
VC
2 B
Y–G
GND
25 A
PR
P
7 A
E2
4 B
B–Y
W–R
12 A
R–
L–Y
MTT
11 C
O
SR
15 A
1 A
TSR
W–B
2 A
MR
W–B
L
A , A17 B , A18 C
ABS AND TRACTION ECU
A16
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
14 A
TMR
V–G
A8 IC2
Y–G
L
G–R
G–R
W–R
C
R
C
D11
IK2
P
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
P
BSR
+BS
I107
B
EA2
1
EA2
+BM
A4
B ,A5
GND
3 B
A
1 B
ABS ACTUATOR
L
W–B
L
4 B
W–B
B
4
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
V–G
A17
BR
IC2
IH
EA
161
ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
L–R
G–W
GR–L (* 2)
L–Y
B–R
(* 1)
L–R
10A
ECU–IG
P
20A
STOP
GR–L (* 2)
(* 1)
L–Y
7 1A
P
3 1D
G
G
P–L
Y–L
W
B–R
V
F5
IK1
2
3 3D
(* 2)
GR–G
G
6 C
IG
11 A
STP
A16
A , A17
TS
B , A1 8 C
V
24 A
A7 IC2
Y–L
B16 IC2
G–W
G–W
IC2
4 3E
13
3E
P–L
I74
B–R
B10
1
G–W
B–R
Y–L
B–R
9 3E
(* 1)
G–W
S9
STOP LIGHT
SW
B–R
17 3D
5 C
23 A
10 C
WA
TC
D/G
ABS AND TRACTION ECU
FL+
5 A
FL–
18 A
FR+
17 A
FR–
4 A
RL+
9 B
RL–
1 B
RR+
2 B
RR–
10 B
ALT
19 A
LBL
10 A
2
IE1
3
IE1
1
IE1
10 IM3
9 IM3
R–G
R–G
5 1B
L
162
1
L
B
B
W–B
6 ED1
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Y
2
Y
1
A28
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR RH
1
2
G2
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
2
A27
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR LH
2
A7
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT RH
1
B1
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SW
W–B
1
Y
P
(SHIELDED)
BR
Y
C
(SHIELDED)
BR
A6
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
2
C
C
8 IM3
6 EC1
1
A1 IC2
IE
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Y–R
IC2
Y
L
P
(SHIELDED)
BR
BR
Y
(SHIELDED)
A2
1 1J
W
B
(SHIELDED)
R
G
(SHIELDED)
R–G
R–G
I103
* 1 : USA
* 2 : CANADA
G–W
G–W
B–R
B–R
L–R
L–R
GR–L (* 2)
L–Y
GR–L (* 2)
(* 1)
L–Y
(* 1)
P
P
G
G
P–L
P–L
Y–L
Y–L
V
V
Y–G
G
ABS AND TRACTION ECU
PKB
C 12 C
1
G–B
G–R
10 A
3 A
THFA
BRP
23 B
BRFA
FRO
T13
B , T14
A
TRACTION ECU
FLO
PKB
1 B
IDL2
22 B
Y–G
Y–B
I61
D6
S4
SUB THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
E2 1
BR
PKB
R–G
(* 2)
Y–B
BR
R–B
IDL2 2 R–B
(* 1)
I124
Y–B
D4
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
BRK
IK2
I123
Y–B
(* 2)
Y–B
TRCO
4 B
4 A
R–B
D7
DIODE
(FOR TRACTION
CONTROL)
8
BRP TRCO
11 B
14 B
5 B
GR
2
18
1 A
BRC
R–B
FRO
B , A18
8 B
BRC
LG
Y–B
A , A17
Y–R
Y–B
LG
7 B
THFA
G–B
5 B
BRFA
G–R
13 B
FLO
G–Y
15 B
Y–B
A16
R–G
6 B
RRO
16 B
4 B
ABSO
RLO
G
Y–G
G–Y
Y–B
VTA 3 Y–B
VC 4 L–R
E20
L–R
14 3D
15
3A
16
E2 1
BR
IDL1 2 P–B
P–B
VTA1 3 Y–R
Y–R
3E
VCC 4 L–R
1
P4
PARKING
BRAKE SW
T2
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
163
ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
G–W
(SHORT PIN)
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
B–R
22
P–L
WA
11
Y–L
TC
16
G
TS
23
P
WB
L–R
GR–L (* 2)
E1
3
D7
(* 1)
L–Y
P–L
IK2
P
G
BR
P–L
P–L
I98
Y–L
BR
V
V
Y–G
14
Y–L
TC
W
TRC
8
17
6 1G
Y–L
I57
P
B
24 B
B–Y
L
11 A
IND
A
11 B
A–
12 B
ACM
13 B
R
Y–R
B–
25 B
W
P–L
BCM
26 B
G
BR–W
IDL1
10 B
Y
TR2
21 B
16 B
TR5
A
TC
L
VSH
19 B
G
VTH
8 B
B , T14
TRACTION ECU
6 A
STP
NEO
6 B
14 1A
T13
B
Y–L
2 A
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(SHIELDED)
2 B
IG1
BM
(* 2)
15 B
BAT
G–W
B
B–R
GR–L (* 2)
8 A
E1
4
B
L–R
15 A
ABSO
B
GR–G
5 A
RRO RLO
B
IC2
(* 1)
12 A
B1
Y–G
G
G–Y
L–Y
(* 1)
L–R
G–Y
Y–L
G
3
ABS
D3
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
L
IK1
B–Y
E6
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BR
R–B
C11
IK2
C8
IK2
C7
IK2
C3
IK2
C4
IK2
C6
IK2
B
B
R
W
G
Y
IK1
P–B
F14
L
L–R
(SHIELDED)
G
Y–B
B
P–B
I120
VTA1
BR
P–L
Y–B
Y–R
R–B
P
L–R
P–B
43 B
BR–W
Y–R
38 A
65 B
40 A
42 B
39 A
63 B
37 A
41 B
64 B
NEO
E7
E2
A ,E8
VTO1
VTA2
VTO2
IDL2
TR
VCC
IDL1
2
1
3
6
4
5
BCM
B–
B
A
A–
ACM
B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)
S3
SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR
164
C12
IK2
L
*1 : USA
*2 : CANADA
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
15A
GAUGE
9
1H
B–Y
B–Y
6 1J
BR
R–L
P–L
17 3A
BR
1 A
A , C11 B
R–L
TRAC OFF
COMBINATION METER
E14
1 C
4
T13
B , T14
A
RB
TRACTION ECU
14 A
WT
PL
NL
10
G–Y
G–R
7
E1
E12
IK1
E8
IK1
G–Y
G–R
20 B
BR
7 A
BR
GR–B
P
13 A
BR
CSW
14 B
W–B
GND
P1
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)]
L
IK1
R–L
4 C
C , C10
LG–R
21 B
TRAC
ABS
15 3D
C9
G
(* 1)
2
A
5
7
P
N
A15
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
(FOR SHIFT LEVER)
I94
(* 2)
(SHIELDED)
GR–G
A
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
BR
T12
TRACTION
CUT SW
PN
F11
IK1
3
(*2)
GR–G
G
I121
(*1)
W–B
BR
1
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BR
A
W–B
W–B
A
A
IH
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
ED
165
ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
SERVICE HINTS
A16(A), A17(B), A18(C) ABS AND TRACTION ECU
(A) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS
(A) 24–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(C) 6–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON
(A) 25, (C) 4, (C) 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(C) 12–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (PARKING BRAKE SW ON)
A 4(B), A 5(A) ABS ACTUATOR
(B) 1–GROUND
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(A) 1, (A) 3, (A) 4, (A) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 1.2 (IGNITION SW OFF)
(A) 2–GROUND
: 4–6 (IGNITION SW OFF)
T 3(A), T 4(B) TRACTION ACTUATOR
(B) 2 – (B) 4
: 5–7 VOLTS ABOVE APPROX. 12748 KPA (130 KG/CM2, 1846 PSI)
: 10–14 VOLTS BELOW APPROX. 8630 KPA (88 KG/CM2, 1250 PSI)
(A) 3 – (A) 6
: APPROX. 2.1 (A) 2 – (A) 5
: APPROX. 2.1 (A) 1 – (A) 4
: APPROX. 2.1 S 9 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
A 6, A 7, A27, A28 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–2 : 0.8–1.2 K (20°C, 68°F)
T13(B), T14(A) TRACTION ECU
(B) 2–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(B) 15–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS
(B) 14, (B) 20–GROUND : ALWAYS BELOW 1 VOLTS
(B) 1–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF)
(A) 2–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON
(A) 13–GROUND : 10–14 VOLTS WITH TRACTION CUT SW RELEASED
(A) 8–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS
P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
S 3 SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR
2–1, 2–3 : APPROX. 1.1 5–4, 5–6 : APPROX. 1.1 : PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A4
A5
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B
26
D1
26
P4
29
A
26
D3
28
S3
27
A6
26
D4
28
S4
27
A7
26
D7
28
S9
29
A15
28
E7
A
28
T2
E8
B
28
T3
A
27
T4
B
27
27
A16
A
28
A17
B
28
G2
26
A18
C
28
J1
27
T5
27
A27
30
J2
29
T6
27
A28
30
J7
29
T12
B1
26
J8
29
T13
B
29
T14
A
29
C9
C
28
J9
29
C10
A
28
J11
29
C11
B
28
P1
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
166
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
29
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1A
1B
1D
1G
1H
1J
3A
3D
3E
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
EA2
EB2
EC1
ED1
IC2
IE1
IK1
IK2
IM3
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
34
34
34
36
36
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
EA
EB
ED
IE
IF
IH
SEE PAGE
34
34
34
36
36
36
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
LEFT KICK PANEL
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E1
E20
I57
I61
I74
I94
I98
I101
I103
SEE PAGE
34
34
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
ENGINE WIRE
COWL WIRE
CODE
I107
I120
I121
I123
I124
I125
I135
I136
I137
38
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
38
ENGINE WIRE
38
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
167
ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL
168
169
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
ACC
AM1
IG1
B–R
ST1
W–R
11 AM2
IG2 6
B–O
ST2 5
B–L
I11
IGNITION SW
19
R–L
W–L
EB2
20
G–O
G–O
B–L
W–R
EB2
B–R
(SHIELDED)
5 EB2
6 EB1
2
5
IK1
B
2
E4
1
B
I130
2
6
P
N
R–L
5
A ,E8
B–O
1 A
IGSW
B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(* 1)
B–R
77 B
+B
SP2+
31 A
23 B
SP2–
3 B
23
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G
B–W
20A EFI
15A AM2
24
15
33 A
BATT
E7
STA
16
24 A
M–REL
B–W
2
W–B
2
76 B
NSW
R
2
R–L
W–L
G–O
2
B–R
3
P1
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
W–R
B
EFI
MAIN
RELAY
A
B–R
A
B–R
16 EA1
W–B
BATTERY
A
A
B–R
B–R
I87
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
EB
170
V2
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2
(FOR ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)
B–L
W–B
2
1
2
(SHIELDED)
E3
IK1
B–R
* 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU
* 2 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL
B–R
B–R
2
G–W
D3
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
TT
1
5
TE2
TE1
ENG
2
1
7
L–O
1
G–Y
G–
ECT
2
L–B
4
G
NE
O1
O/D DIRECT CLUTCH
SPEED SENSOR
1
B
G2
FROM STOP LIGHT SW
IGT
3
9
LG
F10
IK1
LG
F4
IK1
L–O
(SHIELDED)
G–W
IGF
2
W
G1
I2
IGNITER
R
D2
DISTRIBUTOR
FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU
L
I52 : USA
I85 : CANADA
3 3D
G–W
L–O
1 B
L–B
21 B
LG
Y
2 3D
L
V
L–O
26 B
25 B
27 B
7 B
58 B
57 B
G1
G2
NE
G–
IGF
IGT
4 A
12 A
STP
OD1
E7
NC0+
A ,E8
17 A
NC0– TT
19 A
20 A
TE2
TE1
B
E01
E02
KS
THA
10 B
9 B
14 B
13 B
80 B
79 B
69 B
66 B
45 B
65 B
L–Y
R–L
L
GR
W–B
W–B
BR
Y–G
L–W
BR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (* 1)
S1
S2
SLU–
SLN–
E1
E2
BR
(EXCEPT * 2)
BR
I134
B–R
B–R
NO. 3
(LOCK–UP)
4
L
BR
(SHIELDED)
BR
NO. 4
ED
BR
3
4
2
1
BR
BR
(* 2)
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
E21
L–W
BR
L–R
E18
Y–G
1
B–R
Y
2
I123
5
B–R
BR
L–R
B–R
E2
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
(SHIELDED)
I122
I128
R
B
NO. 2
NO. 1
5
BR
6
W
3
V3
VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER)
171
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
10A
ECU–IG
V1
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1
(FOR COMBINATION METER)
B–R
7 1A
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
17 3D
2
3
R–L
1
R–L
L–R
13
8
B–R
LG
8 3D
14
L–Y
2
NORMAL
I119
VF2
L–O
LG
TE1
POWER
VF1
E6
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION
PATTERN
SELECT SW
L–W
R–B
L–W
1
L–O
G–O
L–W
VF1
VF2
A ,E8
7 A
9 A
10 A
R
2
L
OD2
THG
THW
28 A
46 B
44 B
B
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (* 1)
18 A
G–B
G–O
28 B
E7
R–B
G–Y
29 B
L–W
LG
I65
F3
IK1
F2
IK1
41 B
VTA2
63 B
42 B
SP1
2 A
V–W
L–B
L–R
B , C10 ,CC11
IDL2
C9
VCC
L–R
P–B
64 B
VTA1
43 B
Y–R
IDL1
COMBINATION METER
A
P
G–B
15 C
13 C
B–R
B–R
I82
BR
Y–R
L–R
BR
R–B (* 2)
Y–B (* 2)
L–R (* 2)
(* 2)
P–B
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
S4
SUB THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
T2
THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
B–R
B–R
BR
1
10 C
(* 2)
(* 2)
BR
14 C
V–W
L–R
1
2
2
1
E3
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMP. SENSOR
(EFI WATER TEMP.
SENSOR)
E20
E1
EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR
L–R
P
10 3E
L–O
BR
W–B
(* 2)
Y–B
Y–B
(EXCEPT * 2)
SPEED
1 3E
L–R
B–R
Y–B
12 3D
4 3D
W–B
I132
(* 2)
(EXCEPT * 2)
R–B
BR
BR
A
BR
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
172
* 1 : ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
R–L
* 2 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL
R–L
I125
4
P1
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)]
RB
2L
LL
9
2
3
G–B
G–O
15 3D
G–W
DL
10
17
B–Y
3A
G–Y
L–W
E11
G–B
IK1
I80
I93
I92
R–B
I94
E10
I72
G–B
G–B
IK1
G–O
G–O
E9
I83
G–W
G–O
IK1
I79
G–R
R–B
IK1
G–B
E8
R–B
IK1
G–O
E13
G–W
IK1
G–Y
E12
G–R
R–L
R–L
NL
8
G–R
9 1H
RL
7
G–Y
6 1J
PL
R–B
R–L
IK1
R–L
E14
15A
GAUGE
I75
2
O/D OFF
G–R
G–W
G–O
G–B
6 A
R–B
G–B
5 A
G–Y
G–O
4 A
5
6
7
8
9
10
L
G–W
3 A
D
G–R
2 A
N
R–B
1 A
R
G–Y
1 C
P
R–L
3 B
ECT PWR
L–W
I78
P
R
N
D
2
L
PN
GR–G
B
W–B
I68
TO TRACTION
ECU
B
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
O3
O/D MAIN
SW
3
W–B
B
2
1
C , C11 A
W–B
B–R
I54
B–R
B–R
B , C10
COMBINATION METER
A15
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
(FOR SHIFT LEVER)
G
C9
4
(USA)
23 C
(CANADA)
18 A
W–B
IG
173
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE, THROTTLE PRESSURE, LOCK–UP PRESSURE AND ACCUMULATOR
PRESSURE ETC. THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION IS A SYSTEM WHICH
PRECISELY CONTROLS GEAR SHIFT TIMING AND LOCK–UP TIMING IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE’S DRIVING CONDITIONS AND
THE ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS DETECTED BY VARIOUS SENSORS, MAKING SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT
SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS THE MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME, AND CONTROLS
THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING TO ACHIEVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
WHEN DRIVING THE ENGINE WARM UP CONDITION IS INPUT AS A SIGNAL TO TERMINAL (B)44 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER
TEMP. SENSOR) AND THE VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) N0.2 IS INPUT TO TERMINAL
(B)23 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). AT THE SAME TIME,
THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING SIGNAL FROM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)43 OF THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AS THROTTLE ANGLE SIGNAL.
BASED ON THESE SIGNALS, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
SELECTS THE BEST SHIFT POSITION FOR DRIVING CONDITIONS AND SENDS CURRENT TO THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND AND CONTINUITY TO NO.1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT (NO.2 SOLENOID
DOES NOT HAVE CONTINUITY AT THIS TIME).
FOR 2ND SPEED, THE CURRENT FLOWS SIMULTANEOUSLY FROM TERMINAL (B)9 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE
AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 6 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
SOLENOID → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL (B)10 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND,
AND CONTINUITY TO NO.1 AND NO.2 SOLENOIDS CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO.1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO.2 SOLENOID, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO THE 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) OCCURS WHEN NO CURRENT FLOWS TO NO.1 AND NO.2 SOLENOIDS. THE NO.4
SOLENOID (FOR ACCUMULATOR BACK PRESSURE MODULATION) IS INSTALLED TO ADJUST THE BACK PRESSURE ON THE
ACCUMULATOR AND CONTROL THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE DURING SHIFTING AND LOCK–UP IN ORDER TO PROVIDE SMOOTH
SHIFTING WITH LITTLE SHIFT SHOCK.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) DECIDES, BASED ON
EACH SIGNAL, THAT THE LOCK–UP CONDITION HAS BEEN MET, THE CURRENT THROUGH EFI FUSE FLOWS FROM THE EFI MAIN
RELAY → TERMINAL 2 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL (B)14 OF THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → GROUND, SO CONTINUITY TO
NO. 3 (FOR LOCK–UP) CAUSES LOCK–UP.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU). THE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CUTS THE
CURRENT TO THE SOLENOID TO RELEASE LOCK–UP.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (SW POINT IS OPEN), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION CAUSES SHIFT TO OVERDRIVE WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED OFF (SW POINT IS CLOSED), THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR
LIGHT FLOWS TO GROUND BY WAY OF THE O/D MAIN SW AND CAUSES THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE
SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)28 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO
OVERDRIVE.
174
5. ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT
WHEN THE ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE
CURRENT THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN
SELECT SW → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (B)3 OF A/T INDICATOR (COMB. METER) → TERMINAL (C)23 → GROUND AND CAUSES
THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)18 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) PERFORMS SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN AT A HIGHER VEHICLE SPEED
RANGE COMPARED WITH “NORMAL” POSITION.
6. CRUISE CONTROL
WHEN CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION IS SELECTED A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (A)12 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) OPERATES AND CONTROLS OVERDRIVE,
LOCK–UP AND SO ON FOR SMOOTH DRIVING.
SERVICE HINTS
E 2 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
6–GROUND : APPROX. 13.2 3–GROUND : APPROX. 13.2 4–1
: APPROX. 8.3 5–2
: APPROX. 3.8 E 5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
1–2 : 10–20 K (–20°C –4°F)
4–7 K (0°C 32°F)
2–3 K (20°C 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C 140°F)
0.2–0.4 K (80°C 176°F)
E 7(A), E 8(B) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
BATT – E1:
ALWAYS 9–14 VOLTS
IGSW – E1:
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
+B
– E1:
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
IDL1 – E1:
0–1.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
VTA1 – E1:
0.3–0.8 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
STA – E1:
6–14 VOLTS WITH ENGINE CRANKING
M–REL– E1:
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
VCC – E1:
4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
L–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L RANGE
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 RANGE
R–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT R RANGE
O 1 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR
1–2 : APPROX. 620 V 2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) NO. 2 (FOR ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)
1–2 : APPROX. 620 E 6 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW AT POWER POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A15
CODE
28
SEE PAGE
E3
E6
CODE
SEE PAGE
26
J11
29
C9
B
28
28
O1
27
C10
C
28
E7
A
28
O3
29
C11
A
28
E8
B
28
P1
27
D1
26
I2
26
S4
27
D2
26
I11
29
T2
27
D3
28
J1
27
V1
27
E1
26
J6
29
V2
27
E2
26
J7
29
V3
27
175
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1H
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1J
3A
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
EB1
EB2
IK1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
ED
34
REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E18
E20
CODE
34
ENGINE WIRE
I89
I52
I92
I54
I93
I65
I94
I68
I119
I72
I122
I77
38
COWL WIRE
COWL WIRE
38
ENGINE WIRE
I125
I128
I79
I130
I80
I132
I82
I134
176
38
I123
I78
I83
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I87
E21
I75
SEE PAGE
I85
177
PPS (PROGRESSIVE POWER STEERING)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
6 1J
7 1A
17 3D
B–R
9 1H
R–L
10A
ECU–IG
B–Y
15A
GAUGE
17 3A
B–R
20 3A
P5
PPS ECU
15 3D
+B
GND
SOL+
SOL–
5
6
1
2
V–W
W–B
14
10 3E
W–B
13
L–R
L–B
15
V–W
15 EC1
16 EC1
F2
B
IK1
2
3
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
IK1
L–R
F3
L–Y
IK1
R–L
E14
B
W–B
1
V1
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR) NO. 1
(FOR COMBINATION METER)
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
178
IG
Y–L
1 ED1
5 ED1
Y–L
B–Y
W–B
4 3D
B–Y
12 3D
1
2
P3
PPS SOLENOID
Y–G
Y–L
1 3A
10
(CANADA)
B–Y
SPD
(USA)
R–L
SPEED SENSOR
1
4
C10
COMBINATION
METER
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE PPS (HYDRAULIC REACTION TYPE) CONTROLS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE APPLIED TO THE HYDRAULIC REACTION
CHAMBER IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT USING THE PPS ECU, TO CHANGE THE STEERING FORCE AND PROVIDE OPTIMUM
STEERING FEELING AT ANY VEHICLE SPEED AND UNDER ANY STEERING CONDITIONS.
(PPS OPERATION)
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON THE STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE PPS
ECU. THE PPS ECU MONITORS VEHICLE SPEED, INPUT SIGNAL TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW,
THE PPS ECU SENDS A HIGHER–CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 1 OF THE SOLENOID VALVE → TERMINAL
2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, INCREASING THE SOLENOID VALVE OPENING ANGLE TO PROVIDE
COMFORTABLE STEERING OPERATION. WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE PPS ECU DECREASES THE SOLENOID VALVE
OPENING ANGLE BY REDUCING THE CURRENT TO THE VALVE TO PROVIDE RESPONSIVE STEERING FEELING.
SERVICE HINTS
P 3 PPS SOLENOID
1–2 : APPROX. 7.7 (25°C, 77°F)
P 5 PPS ECU
4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
6–GROUND
: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
1–2 : APPROX. 0.8 A WITH VEHICLE SPEED BELOW 20 KM/H (12 MPH)
APPROX. 0.45 A WITH VEHICLE SPEED AT 80 KM/H (48 MPH)
APPROX. 0.2 A WITH VEHICLE SPEED ABOVE 160 KM/H (96 MPH)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C10
J7
SEE PAGE
CODE
J11
P3
28
29
SEE PAGE
CODE
P5
V1
29
27
SEE PAGE
29
27
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1A
SEE PAGE
1H
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1J
3A
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EC1
ED1
IK1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
34
34
38
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IF
IG
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
36
36
O RANG E
C1 0
GRAY
J 7
P 3
J1 1
G RAY
B
B
1
X
X
13 14 15 X
X
X
X
X
B
B
10
A
A
A
A
A
A
1
2
(HINT : SEE PAG E 7)
X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
P 5
1
X
BLUE
V 1
BLACK
2
4
5
6
1
2
3
179
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS (supplemental restraint system), perform the operation in
accordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair
Manual for the applicable model year.
Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble
codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting.
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes before
disconnecting the battery.
Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and the
negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.
(The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within
90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated.)
When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systems
will be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.
When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock. This vehicle has tilt
and telescopic steering, power seat and outside rear view mirror and power shoulder belt anchorage, which
are all equipped with memory function, it is not possible to make a record of the memory contents. So when
the work is finished, therefore it will be necessary to explain this fact to the customer, and ask the customer
to adjust the features and reset the memory.
To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the
vehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surface
facing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take care
not to damage the connector.
(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without high
humidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts.
Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, center SRS sensor assembly or front airbag sensors.
Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the
sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts.
Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.
After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuse
it. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10kΩ/V) tester.
The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl No. wire harness assembly,
engine room main wire harness assembly, floor No. 1 wire harness assembly and floor No. 2 wire harness
assembly.
The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, as
are the connectors.
Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squib.
(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.)
If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harness
assembly.
When the connector to the airbag front sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wire
harness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.
(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the
instructions on the notices.
181
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below:
1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM
Each connector contains a short spring plate. When the
connector is disconnected, the short spring plate
automatically connects the power source and grounding
terminals of the squib to preclude a potential difference
between the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISM
This mechanism is designed to electrically check if
connectors are connected correctly and completely.
The electrical connection check mechanism is designed so
that the connection detection pin connects with the
diagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is in
the locked condition.
182
3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISM
With this mechanism connectors (male and female
connectors) are locked by two locking devices to increase
connection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribs
interfere and prevent the secondary lock.
183
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
15
15A
AM2
A24
AIRBAG SQUIB
(FOR DRIVER’ S)
S13
SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER RH
S12
SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER LH
A25
AIRBAG SQUIB
(FOR PASSENGER’ S)
15A
CIG
7. 5A
SRS
B–Y
2
5 1F
5 1J
W–L
6
8
4
5
1
G–Y
B–R
B–Y
9 1J
G–R
B–O
6
1 B
2 B
4 B
3 B
C11
SRS WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
7
P–L
2 BS4
S11
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER
CHECK CONNECTOR
1 BS4
B–Y
B–R
G–R
G–Y
3
G–Y
1
AM2
IG2
I11
IGNITION SW
PR–
2
G–Y
W–R
2
11
PR+
1
1
SPIRAL
CABLE
5 EB2
PL–
2
G–R
2
PL+
1
G–R
W–R
2
B–R
16
11
10
B–O
9 1F
13 A
4 A
IG2
3 A
D–
1 A
D+
2 A
P–
C3
P+
B ,C4
PL+
C ,C5
PL–
A ,C6
PR+
14 A
PR–
ACC
D
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
1 D
E2
E1
6 A
5 A
TC
LA
7 A
12 A
B
B
A
B
E6
F3
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR LH
F4
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR RH
IK1
B–Y A
4
TC
D3
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
2 1F
4 1G
8 1C
IG
W–B
W–B
W–B
IE
IH
D4
IK2
11
5
AB
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
5 1D
W–B
1 1F
A
AB
TC
11 1C
184
12
B–Y
CONNECTION
DETECTION
PIN
B Y–L
B–Y
A
B
2
A
Y–L
CONNECTION
DETECTION
PIN
1
W–B
2
W–B
1
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
B–Y
2 D
B–Y
2 C
J8
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
Y–L
Y–B
1 C
L
–SR
G
+SR
L
–SL
G
+SL
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
* 1 : CONNECT ION DETECTION PIN
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) IS A DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A
SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)14 OF THE CENTER
AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE AM2 FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)13.
IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR AND
SWITCH, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THE
CIG OR AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS (A)3, (A)2, (B)4 AND (B)1 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF
THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND SEAT BELT PRETENTIONER → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A)4, (A)1, (B)3 AND (B)2 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A)5, TERMINAL (A)6 OR BODY → GROUND.
WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR
RH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF AND CURRENT FROM THE CIG OR AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS (A)3, (A)2, (B)4
AND (B)1 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER →
TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS (A)4, (A)1, (B)3 AND (B)2 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C)1 OR (D)2 →
TERMINAL 1 OF THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (C)2 OR (D)1 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR
ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A)5, TERMINAL (A)6 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND, WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR RH IS ON AND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS
ON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIBS AND CAUSES
THEM TO OPERATE.
THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE
DRIVER.
THE AIRBAG STORED INSIDE THE PASSENGER’S INSTRUMENT PANEL IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK
TO THE PASSENGER.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A24
A25
CODE
SEE PAGE
28
C11
28
CODE
SEE PAGE
J8
29
28
D1
26
J11
29
C3
B
28
D3
28
S11
31
C4
C
28
F3
26
S12
31
C5
A
28
F4
26
S13
31
C6
D
28
I11
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C
1D
1F
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 ((LEFT KICK PANEL))
1G
1J
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EB2
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
40
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE LEFT SIDE OF REAR SEAT CUSHION)
IK1
IK2
BS4
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IH
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
185
SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM)
186
POWER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
C14
28
J7
29
T9
I11
29
J11
29
T10
J4
29
P1
27
T11
SEE PAGE
B
29
A
29
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1C
1H
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1K
3A
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
IK1
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I55
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I125
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ENGINE WIRE
187
POWER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
10A
ECU–IG
30A
POWER
10A
DOME
12
1
7 1A
2
L–Y
SHORT
PIN
2
11 1K
1 EB1
1
5
1C
1C
L–Y
W
B–R
L–Y
9 3D
L–Y
2 3E
T9
4 B
20 A
MSW
17 A
10
C
5 3E
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E1
TIS
5 A
7 A
P
18 A
W–L
VC
1 B
C
R–W
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
ECUE
R–W
R
W–B
7 B
ECUB
BR
GND
11 A
D
P
D
D
R–W
9
4 3D
P
R–W
C
6
8
5
R
W
4
W–B
I11
UNLOCK WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
A
+B
IG
UWSW
B , T10
TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU
W–R
8 A
B
W–B
TELESCO
SHORT
TILT DOWN
A
IG
188
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
MANUAL SW
C14
TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC UNIT
[COMB. SW]
B
Y
1
3
2
B
TILT UP
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
TILT POSITION SENSOR
B
W–B
W–B
TELESCO
LONG
R
I55
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
15A
GAUGE
9 1H
E14
IK1
R–L
15
3D
R–L
17
3A
B–Y
4
RB
PL
RL
NL
DL
2L
LL
7
8
10
9
2
3
G–Y
R–B
G–R
G–W
G–O
G–B
P1
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION
SW (NEUTRAL START SW)]
E12
IK1
G–Y
G–Y
T9
B , T10
A
TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU
19 A
P
TIM–
TIM+
TES
TEM–
TEM+
W
R–W
P
9
3
2
5
1
8
G
R
B
R
11 B
G–R
6 A
G
10 B
G–W
3 B
2 B
RM–
RM+
5 B
6 B
M
2
(CANADA)
G–B
R–B
R–Y
4
G
B
Y
G
10
2
M
1
TELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR
1
7
TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR
TELESCOPIC
POSITION SENSOR
M
TILT CONTROL MOTOR
R
G–O
R–W
(USA)
P
T11
TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR
189
POWER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM OPERATES WITH BOTH THE TILT FUNCTION AND TELESCOPIC FUNCTION DRIVEN AUTOMATICALLY BY THE MOTOR
AND CONTROLLED BY THE ECU. THE STEERING CAN BE ADJUSTED STEPLESSLY FORWARD AND BACK, AND UP AND DOWN, TO
PROVIDE THE MOST SUITABLE STEERING POSITION FOR EASY DRIVING, WITH AUTOMATIC MOVEMENT OF THE STEERING TO A
POSITION WHICH FACILITATES GETTING IN AND OUT OF THE VEHICLE.
CURRENT IS ALWAYS APPLIED THROUGH THE POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL +B OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU AND
THROUGH THE DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL ECU–B OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM ECU–IG FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF THE TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC ECU.
1. MANUAL TILT OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL UWSW OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU. IF THE MANUAL SW IS PUSHED TO THE “TILT UP“ SIDE, CURRENT
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL VC OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU TO TERMINAL MSW OF THE TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC ECU PASSING THROUGH THE MANUAL SW. (THE ECU DETECTS THE MANUAL SW POSITION BY THE VOLUME OF
CURRENT.)
AS A RESULT, TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL +B OF THE ECU FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL TIM+ → TERMINAL 3 OF TILT CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL TIM– OF THE TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, AND THE TILT UP FUNCTION OPERATES AS LONG AS THE MANUAL SW IS
PUSHED TO THE “TILT UP” SIDE.
FOR TILT DOWN OPERATION, WHEN THE MANUAL SW IS PUSHED TO THE “TILT DOWN” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM ECU
TO MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL TIM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL 9 OF TILT CONTROL MOTOR →
TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL TIM+ OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU, SO THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE REVERSE
DIRECTION TO TILT UP OPERATION, AND TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS ONLY WHILE THE MANUAL SW IS BEING PUSHED.
2. MANUAL TELESCOPIC OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED IN THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE SIGNAL FOR THIS IN
INPUT TO TERMINAL UWSW OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU (HEREAFTER TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU)
TELESCO SHORT. WHEN THE MANUAL SW IS MOVED TO THE “TELESCO SHORT” SIDE, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL VC OF
THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU, THROUGH THE MANUAL SW TO TERMINAL MSW OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC
ECU, THIS CAUSES THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU TO OPERATE, SENDING CURRENT FROM TERMINAL +B TO TERMINAL
RM+ → TERMINAL 2 OF TELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL RM– OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC
ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, RELEASING THE TELESCOPIC LOCK, CURRENT TO OPERATE THE TELESCOPIC UNIT THEN
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TEM+ OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL 2 OF THE TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR
→ TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL TEM– OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, SO THE TELESCOPIC
UNIT CHANGES FROM EXTENDED POSITION TO SHORT POSITION. WHEN THE TELESCOPIC MOVEMENT ENDS, CURRENT FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL RM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE TELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR
→ TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL RM+ OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE
TELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR TO LOCK THE TELESCOPIC UNIT.
WHEN THE MANUAL SW IS MOVED TO THE “TELESCO LONG“ POSITION, THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU ACTIVATE THE
TELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR TO RELEASE THE TELESCOPIC LOCK THE SAME WAY AS FOR TELESCO SHORT OPERATION
ABOVE. THEN CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TEM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU TO TERMINAL 1 OF
TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL TEM+ OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND →
GROUND. AS A RESULT, THE TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR ROTATES IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO TELESCOPIC SHORT
OPERATION, AND THE TELESCOPIC UNIT EXTENDS. WHEN THE TELESCOPIC MOVEMENT ENDS, THE TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC ECU ACTIVATES THE TELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR TO LOCK THE TELESCOPIC UNIT, THE SAME AS IN
TELESCOPIC SHORT OPERATION.
3. AWAY OPERATION
IF THE IGNITION KEY IS REMOVED FROM THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW OFF) AT THIS TIME, A SIGNAL IS
INPUT FROM TERMINAL UWSW OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU. ALSO, THE TILT POSITION SENSOR (COMB. SW)
INPUTS INTO TERMINAL TIS OF THE TILT AND TELESCOPIC ECU A SIGNAL OF THE STEERING TILT POSITION JUST BEFORE THE
IGNITION SW (FOR UNLOCK WARNING) IS TURNED FROM ON TO OFF.
AS A RESULT, THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL +B OF THE TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TIM+ OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL 3 OF TILT CONTROL MOTOR
→ TERMINAL 9 → TERMINAL TIM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, CAUSING THE
MOTOR TO ROTATE SO THAT TILT–UP OPERATION OCCURS AUTOMATICALLY.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL +B OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU TO TERMINAL TEM+ FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL 7 OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OF TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR →
TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8 OF TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR → TERMINAL TEM– OF THE TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE SO THAT TELESCOPIC SHORT OPERATION
OCCURS ON AUTO AND WITH TILT UP OPERATION OCCURRING SIMULTANEOUSLY ON AUTO, AUTO AWAY OPERATION OCCURS.
190
4. RETURN OPERATION
WHEN THE STEERING IS IN AUTO AWAY CONDITION AND THE IGNITION KEY IS INSERTED INTO THE IGNITION KEY CYLINDER
(UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL UWSW OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU.
AS A RESULT, THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU OPERATES AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL +B OF THE TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TEM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL 8 OF TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 OF THE TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 7 OF TILT
AND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR → TERMINAL TEM+ OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU → TERMINAL
GND → GROUND, AND AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL TIM– OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU →
TERMINAL 9 OF TILT CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL TIM+ OF THE TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU →
TERMINAL GND → GROUND, CAUSING BOTH THE TILT CONTROL MOTOR AND TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR TO ROTATE. THE
MOTORS CONTINUE TO ROTATE UNTIL THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM THE TILT POSITION SENSOR TO TERMINAL TIS OF THE TILT AND
POWER TELESCOPIC ECU AND FROM THE TELESCOPIC POSITION SENSOR TO TERMINAL TES OF THE TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC ECU (SIGNALS INFORMING THE ECU OF THE CURRENT POSITION OF THE STEERING) MATCH THE POSITION
MEMORIZED BY THE ECU PRIOR TO AUTO AWAY OPERATION.
IN THIS WAY, THE STEERING POSITION IS AUTOMATICALLY RETURNED TO THE ORIGINAL POSITION.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED FROM OFF TO ON AND THE SHIFT LEVER IS SHIFTED TO A POSITION OTHER THAN “P” AUTO
OPERATION IS STOPPED.
SERVICE HINTS
C14 TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC UNIT [COMB. SW]
4–6 :
:
:
:
7–8 :
7–4 :
APPROX. 160 WITH TELESCOPIC LONG OPERATION
APPROX. 360 WITH TILT UP OPERATION
APPROX. 790 WITH TELESCOPIC SHORT OPERATION
APPROX. 1990 WITH TILT DOWN OPERATION
CONTINUITY WITH AUTO SW OFF
4–6 K
T 11 TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR AND MOTOR
5–1 : 4–6 K
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]
10–9: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN KEY CYLINDER
P 1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)]
4–7 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER AT P POSITION
T 9(B), T10(A) TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU
(A) 4–GROUND
: ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS
(A) 8–GROUND
: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
(A) 20–GROUND : ALWAYS 10–14 VOLTS
(A) 19–GROUND
: 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT LEVER AT P POSITION
(A) 11–GROUND
: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN KEY CYLINDER
(B) 7–GROUND
: ALWAYS BELOW 1 VOLTS
(B) 1–GROUND
: ALWAYS BELOW 1 VOLTS
(B) 10–GROUND
: 10–14 VOLTS WITH UNLOCK WARNING SW ON AND TILT UP OPERATION
(B) 3–GROUND
: 10–14 VOLTS WITH UNLOCK WARNING SW ON AND TILT DOWN OPERATION
(B) 2–GROUND
: 10–14 VOLTS WITH UNLOCK WARNING SW ON AND TELESCOPIC SHORT OPERATION
(B) 11–GROUND
: 10–14 VOLTS WITH UNLOCK WARNING SW ON AND TELESCOPIC LONG OPERATION
191
SHIFT LOCK
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
15A
CIG
10A
ECU–IG
7 1A
3 1D
W
7 1J
20A
STOP
GR
B–R
2
S9
STOP LIGHT
SW
G–W
1
12 3A
19 3A
12 3E
G–W
3 3D
B–R
17 3D
P–L
10 3D
5
1
2
ACC
IG
STP
S6
SHIFT LOCK ECU
SHIFT LOCK
CONTROL SW
P1
G–R
P
G
P2
G–W
SLS–
L
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
SLS+
E
6
4
Y–B
KLS
W–B
8
I11
KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID
[IGNITION SW]
7
W–B
W–B
14 3A
4 3A
W–B
4 3D
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
192
L–R
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE SHIFT
LOCK ECU, IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THAT
THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN P POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW) IS INPUT TO THE
ECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL SLS+ OF THE SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL SLS– → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO
TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO POSITION OTHER THAN THE P.
2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN P POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2 AND
P OF SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE ECU → KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID IS CUT
OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) AND THE
IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION.
SERVICE HINTS
S 6 SHIFT LOCK ECU
5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
S 9 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
I11
29
S6
29
J11
29
S9
29
CODE
SEE PAGE
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1D
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1J
3A
3D
3E
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
IF
SEE PAGE
36
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
I1 1
BLA C K
J11
S 6
A
X
7
8
A
A
A
A
1
2
A
X
4
5
6
S 9
1
2
(HIN T : SE E PA G E 7 )
193
MOON ROOF
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
10A
DOME
12
L–Y
L–Y
2
9 3D
L–Y
1 EB1
11 3E
L–Y
1 1C
1
IL1
5 1C
6 1H
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
M7
MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
9
G–W
R–L
2
5
6
MOON ROOF
MOTOR
W–B
M
M9
MOON ROOF MOTOR
AND LIMIT SW
NO. 2
8
NO. 1
1
5
4
W–B
4
R
11
G
12
W–B
B2
W–B
BJ
194
2
IL1
W–B
IG
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
30A
POWER
10A
ECU–IG
L–W
L
20 1H
2 1K
7 1A
W
12 1J
6
6
R–L
1
POWER
MAIN
RELAY
L–Y
17 3D
L
1 1B
B–R
3
5
2
6
6
L
L
M7
MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
W–B
L–Y
1 B
R
S
B
TRIGGER
A ,T8
TRIGGER
T7
Q
7 A
6 A 9 A
6
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
L–Y
20 3E
B–R
7 IL1
KEY OFF POWER CIRCUIT
3 B
R–W
4 A
R–W
R–W
BR
8 IM1
12 IE1
R–W
D13
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT RH
3
3 1B
R–W
6
M8
MOON ROOF
CONTROL SW
2
W–B
W–B
1
IE
BL
R–W
R–Y
5
1
2
W–B
R–W
2
19 1H
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
G–Y
4
UP
3
DOWN
7
CLOSE
2
OPEN
1
P
W–B
I44
A
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BM
195
MOON ROOF
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF POWER MAIN RELAY AND ALSO THROUGH DOME
FUSE TO TERMINAL 12 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE
ECU–IG FUSE → TERMINAL (A)7 OF THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU → TERNINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY →
TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND. AS A RESULT, POWER MAIN RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 3 OF POWER
MAIN RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN POSITION, A SIGNAL IS
INPUT FROM TERMINAL 4 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. MOON ROOF LIMIT SW
NO.1 OR NO.2 IS ON AT THIS TIME.
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY →
TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO OPEN
POSITION.
2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY OPEN AND MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO.1 AND NO.2 BOTH ON,
WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE CLOSE POSITION A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF MOON
ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS
FROM TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY →
TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO CLOSE
POSITION.
MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO.1 TURNS OFF (LIMIT SW NO.2 IS ON) AND AT 200 MM (7.9 IN) BEFORE FULLY CLOSED POSITION, SIGNAL
IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF LIMIT SW NO.1 TO TERMINAL 8 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE
RELAY AND STOPS CONTINUITY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 11. AS A RELAY, THE MOON
ROOF STOPS AT THIS POSITION.
TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY, PUSHING THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AGAIN TO THE CLOSE SIDE CAUSES A
SIGNAL TO BE INPUT AGAIN TO TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE MOON ROOF
WILL CLOSE AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS BEING PUSHED, ALLOWING THE MOON ROOF TO FULLY CLOSE.
3. TILT UP OPERATION
WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT UP POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON
ROOF COMPLETELY CLOSED (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO.2 IS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF
CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO
TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL
5 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 11 TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT UP OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE
MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT UP SIDE.
4. TILT DOWN OPERATION
WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT DOWN POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON
ROOF TILTED UP (NO.1 AND NO.2 MOON ROOF LIMIT SWITCHES ARE BOTH OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF MOON
ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 7 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY.
AS A RESULT THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY →
TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE
MOTOR SO THAT TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT DOWN
SIDE. (DURING TILT DOWN, LIMIT SW NO.1 IS CHANGED FROM OFF TO ON.)
196
5. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE THEFT DETERRENT ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER
FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)9 OF THE ECU OR DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL (B)1 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)6 → TERMINAL 1 OF
POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT
FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF
CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS
RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO OPEN AND CLOSE THE MOON ROOF. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR COURTESY SW
ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL (B)3 OF THEFT
DETERRENT ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF AND OPEN AND CLOSE MOVEMENT OF THE MOON ROOF STOPS.
SERVICE HINTS
POWER MAIN RELAY
(6)3– (6)5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
M 7 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE OR UP POSITION
(EXCEPT APPROX. 200 MM (7.9 IN) BEFORE FULLY CLOSED POSITION)
5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN OR DOWN POSITION
M 8 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW
6–3 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT UP POSITION
2–3 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE POSITION
5–3 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT DOWN POSITION
4–3 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN POSITION
3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
D12
D13
J12
SEE PAGE
30
30
30
CODE
M7
M8
M9
SEE PAGE
31
31
31
CODE
T7
A
T8
B
SEE PAGE
29
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
19
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
6
24
R/B NO. 6 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1B
1C
1H
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1J
1K
3D
3E
197
MOON ROOF
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
IE1
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IL1
38
COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IM1
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
BJ
40
FRONT SIDE OF ROOF CENTER
BL
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I44
198
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
B2
SEE PAGE
40
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
ROOF WIRE
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
199
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
10A
DOME
15A
GAUGE
12
2
R–L
L–Y
6 1J
1 EB1
1 B
L–Y
C10
B ,C 11
7 A
1 1C
7
1C
INTEGRATION RELAY
1
7
R–Y
9
BUZZER
TIMER
5
8
4
6
11 1C
14 1K
5 1H
3 1B
2 1H
IE1
R
G
12
R–Y
17
R–W
8 BT1
IE1
IE1
G
R–Y
19
R–W
G
10
10
1
W–B
I11
UNLOCK
WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
1
W–B
W–B
2
W–B
4 BT1
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
B
200
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
2
B
IG
3
B6
BUCKLE
SW LH
9
IE
A
SEAT BELT
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
A
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
BM
W–B
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH DOME FUSE.
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY.
AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELT
WARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE INTEGRATION RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. A BUCKLE SW
OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEAT
BELT IS PUT ON DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF RELAY STOPS AND
THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.
2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEM
WITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DRIVER’S DOOR
OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES,
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS.
SERVICE HINTS
B 6 BUCKLE SW LH
1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH
3–2 : CLOSED WITH LH DOOR OPEN
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]
10–9: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
INTEGRATION RELAY
10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BUCKLE SW OFF
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
B6
32
CODE
SEE PAGE
D12
30
C10
B
28
I11
29
C11
A
28
J7
29
CODE
J12
SEE PAGE
30
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1C
1H
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 ((LEFT KICK PANEL))
1J
1K
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
IE1
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BT1
42
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT LH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
201
POWER SEAT
8
W–R
W–G
DOWN
UP
11
13
Y–R
6
Y–G
DOWN
5
B
UP
9
B–R
REAR
FRONT
P14
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)
P15
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT)
(∗2)
(∗1)
1
M
2
P20
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT
SLIDE CONTROL)
P25
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT
SLIDE CONTROL)
202
1
M
2
P16
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT
FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL)
P21
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT
FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL)
12
M
12
P18
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT
REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)
P23
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT
REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)
*1 : FOR DRIVER
*2 : FOR PASSENGER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
30A
POWER
(*2)
(* 1)
5
SHORT
PIN
3
(*2)
L–W
20 1H (*1)
10 1K (*2)
L–W
4 IE2 (* 1)
1 IM3 (* 2)
L–W
1 BT1 (* 1)
1 BU1 (* 2)
B60 : * 1
B64 : * 2
L–W
L–W
P14
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT)
P15
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT)
W–B
2
W–B
21
4
L–R
W–B
B62 : * 1
B65 : * 2
1
P19
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT
RECLINING CONTROL)
P24
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT
RECLINING CONTROL)
W–B
(* 2)
W–B
4 BT1 (* 1)
4 BU1 (* 2)
BL
M
1
P17
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT
LUMBER SUPPORT CONTROL)
P22
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(FOR PASSENGER’ S SEAT
LUMBER SUPPORT CONTROL)
(* 1)
M
2
L–B
(* 2)
(* 1)
21
12
L
14
L–R
10
REAR
FRONT
3
REAR
FRONT
7
A
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BM
203
POWER SEAT
SERVICE HINTS
P14 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR DRIVER’S SEAT)
3, 7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
2, 12–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
P15 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FOR PASSENGER’S SEAT)
3, 7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
2, 12–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J12
30
P18
32
P23
32
P14
32
P19
32
R24
32
P15
32
P20
32
R25
32
P16
32
P21
32
P17
32
P22
32
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1H
1K
SEE PAGE
20
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE2
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IM3
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BT1
42
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT LH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)
BU1
42
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT RH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT RH SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BL
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
B60
B62
204
SEE PAGE
42
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
FRONT SEAT LH WIRE
CODE
B64
B65
SEE PAGE
42
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
FRONT SEAT RH WIRE
SEAT HEATER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
15A
SEAT–HTR
R
7 1L
6
S5
SEAT HEATER SW
RH
3
B
10
IM2
B–O
2
IE2
B
LH
2
(USA)
B–O
3 BT1
3 BU1
B–O
B
B–Y
(CANADA)
1
1
W–B
4
S18
S20
SEAT HEATER
(FOR PASSENGER’ S
SEAT CUSHION)
3
2
R–B
R–L
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
R–L
B
3
R–B
SEAT HEATER
(FOR DRIVER’ S
SEAT CUSHION)
1
2
1
2
B
S17
SEAT HEATER
(FOR DRIVER’ S
SEAT BACK)
S19
SEAT HEATER
(FOR PASSENGER’ S
SEAT BACK)
4 BT1
4 BU1
A
IG
206
BM
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
3
W–B
3
BL
SERVICE HINTS
S 5 SEAT HEATER SW
6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SW AT ON POSITION
4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J7
29
S17
32
J12
30
S18
32
S5
29
S19
32
CODE
SEE PAGE
S20
32
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
1L
20
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE2
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IM2
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BT1
42
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT LH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)
BU1
42
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT RH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT RH SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
BL
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
J 7
GRAY
S 5
J1 2
B
B
S1 7, S 19
S 18, S 20
GRAY
2
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
3 4
6
1
2
1
2
3
X
3
X
( H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
207
ELECTRIC TENSION REDUCER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
10A
ECU–IG
B–R
7 1A
I18 : USA
I41 : CANADA
B–R
B–R
17 3D
B–R
8 3E
11 IM3
B–R
IE1
B–R
4
1
1
T17
TENSION REDUCER
SOLENOID LH
G
G
8 BT1
8 BU1
G
2
G
2
T18
TENSION REDUCER
SOLENOID RH
1
1
B6
BUCKLE SW
LH
4 BU1
W–B
4 BT1
W–B
W–B
2
W–B
2
B7
BUCKLE SW
RH
A
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BM
208
BL
SERVICE HINTS
B 6 BUCKLE SW LH
1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
B 7 BUCKLE SW RH
1–2 : CLOSED WITH PASSENGER’S SEAT BELT IN USE
T17, T18 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID LH, RH
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
B6
32
J12
30
B7
32
T17
31
CODE
T18
SEE PAGE
31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
1A
3D
3E
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IM3
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BT1
42
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT LH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)
BU1
42
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT RH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT RH SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BL
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
I18
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 6, B 7
I41
J1 2
2
A
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
T1 7, T1 8
A
1
CODE
COWL WIRE
A
A
A
A
1
2
( H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
209
WIPER AND WASHER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
1
L–W (* 2)
W6
WIPER MOTOR
20A
WIPER
M
L–O (* 3)
4
5
V (* 3)
Y (* 2)
L
(* 2)
3
(* 3)
2
15 1H
Y
L
V
2
1D
W–B
17 1H
6
L
1D
2
L
A , C13
L
L
B
L
C12
1
W2
WASHER MOTOR
I17 : USA
I40 : CANADA
15 1A
M
WASHER
WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
14 A
OFF
ON
W–B
L–B
OFF
L–R (* 2)
L–Y
SEMI
L–W (* 3)
*1
FULL
WIPER
INT
LOW
11 B
2 B
11 A
13 A
5 A
12 A
1 B
L–W
L–R
L–Y
LG–R
LG
L–B
6 A
L–O
HIGH
10 B
7 A
V
(* 3)
Y
(* 2)
A
J5
JUNCTION
A CONNECTOR
L–B
W–B
A
LG
LG–R
C
C
J5
JUNCTION
C CONNECTOR
L–Y
L–R
A
L–W
L–O
A
W–B
B
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
210
B
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
IE
* 1 : FULLY–CONCEALED/SEMI–CONCEALED CHENGEOVER SW
* 2 : CANADA
* 3 : USA
L–W (* 2)
Y
(* 2)
5
S/M
L
8
R–W
(* 3)
G
V
W–B
L–O (* 3)
7
15
6
16
S/S
E
M/B
M/F
W8
WIPER RELAY
CO 17 V–G
+B
MOTOR DRIVER
R–W
CONTROL CIRCUIT
TIMER
SF
PA1
PA2
PA3
VR1
VR2
11
13
9
1
2
14
18
LG–R
P–L
W
10
R
C1
3
L–R
2S
4
L–Y
+1
LG
5
M
V–G
1
R–Y
4
NO. 3
P–L
3
NO. 2
R
2
NO. 1
L–B
G
W5
WIPER ANGLE
CONTROL MOTOR
6
LG
LG–R
13 3A
L–Y
L–R
4 3D
L–W
W–B
L–O
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
IF
211
WIPER AND WASHER
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. LOW SPEED POSITION
WIPER SW AT LOW OR INT POSITION
WHEN THE WIPER AND WASHER SW ARE AT LOW POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL (A)11 OF THE WIPER SW TO
TERMINAL 13 OF THE WIPER RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE WIPER RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE WIPER
FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 →
TERMINAL 6 OF WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR SO THAT THE
WIPERS OPERATE AT LOW SPEED WITH THE WIPER ARMS AT THE RAISED POSITION.
WIPER SW AT HIGH POSITION
WHEN THE WIPER AND WASHER SW ARE AT HIGH POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL (A)11,. (A)12 OF THE WIPER
SW TO TERMINAL 13, 3 OF THE WIPER RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE WIPER RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS THE SAME
AS WHEN THE WIPER SW IS AT LOW OR INT POSITION, THUS ACTIVATING THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR. AS A RESULT, THE
WIPERS OPERATE AT HIGH SPEED WITH THE WIPER ARMS AT THE RAISED POSITION. THE RETURN POSITION OF THE WIPER
BLADES IS ALSO AUTOMATICALLY ADJUSTED TO A DIFFERENT POSITION TO LOW SPEED OR INT OPERATION TO PREVENT
OVERRUN.
2. LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE WIPER SW IS AT LOW POSITION, THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR SETS THE WIPER ARMS AT THE RAISED
POSITION. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)14 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL (B)1 → TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, OPERATING THE WIPER MOTOR AT LOW SPEED.
3. INT POSITION
WHEN THE WIPER SW IS AT HIGH POSITION, CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A)14 OF WIPER AND
WASHER SW → TERMINAL (A)7 → TERMINAL 2 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, OPERATING THE WIPER MOTOR AT
HIGH SPEED. AT THE SAME TIME, THE WIPER ARNGLIE CONTROL MOTOR SETS THE WIPER ARMS TO RAISE POSITION AND
AUTOMATICALLY CHANGES THE RETURN POSITION OF THE WIPER BLADES TO PREVENT OVERRUN.
4. MIST POSITION
WHEN THE WIPER SW IS AT INT POSITION. THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR SETS THE WIPER ARM TO RAISED POSITION. AT
THE SAME TIME. A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL (A)5 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE WIPER
RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE WIPER RELAY, AND FOR 0.6 TO 1.0 SECOND. CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE FLOWS TO
TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 TO GROUND, ACTIVATING THE
WIPER MOTOR. THEN APPROX 2 SECONDS TO 10 SECONDS AFTER WIPER OPERATION STOPS, CURRENT AGAIN FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER RELAY TO TERMINAL 4. ACTIVATING THE WIPER MOTOR. THIS OPERATION REPEATS WHILE THE
WIPER SW IS AT INT POSITION. THE TIME INTERVAL BETWEEN WIPER OPERNTION CAN BE ADJUSTED USING THE INT TIME
CONTROL SW.
5. FULLY–CONCEALED/SEMICONCEALED CHANGEROVER OPERATION
WHEN THE FULLY–CONCEALED/SEMI–CONCEALED CHANGEOVER OPERATION SWITCH IS CHANGED FROM FULL TO SEMI, A
SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL (A)11 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE WIPER RELAY. THIS SIGNAL
ACTIVATES THE WIPER RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS THE SAME ROUTE AS WHEN THE WIPER SW IS AT LOW OR INT
POSITION. AS A RESULT, THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR OPERATES AND MOVES THE WIPER ARMS TO THE RAISED
POSITION.
WHEN THE CHANGEOVER SW IS SWITCHED FROM SEMI TO FULL, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL (A)11 OF THE WIPER AND
WASHER SW TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE WIPER RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE WIPER RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS
FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 6 OF WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR
→ TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 16 OF WIPER RELAY → GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE WIPER ANGLE CONTROL MOTOR SO THAT
THE WIPER ARM MOVES FROM THE RAISED POSITION TO THE STORED POSITION.
6. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION
WHEN THE WASHER SW I.S ON, CURRENT FROM THE WIPER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR → TERMINAL
1 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE WASHER MOTOR TO SPRAY WASHER FLUID ON THE WINDSHIELD. AT THE SAME TIME. A SIGNAL IS
INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE WIPER RELAY, ACTIVATING THE WIPER RELAY AND RAISING THE WIPER ARM. CURRENT FLOWS
FROM THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF WIPER MOTOR → GROUND.
212
SERVICE HINTS
C12(A), C13(B) WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]
(A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(A) 14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(B) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION
(B) 10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
(A) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION
W 6 WIPER MOTOR
4–5 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C12
C13
SEE PAGE
A
28
B
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
J7
29
W6
27
W8
29
28
J11
29
J2
29
W2
27
J5
29
W5
27
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1D
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1H
3A
3D
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I17
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
CODE
I40
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
213
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
15A
GAUGE
40A
DEFOG
10A
MIR–HTR
6 1B
Y–G
B–R
(USA)
B–W
(CANADA)
3 1K
I 8 : USA W/O TRACTION CONTROL
I25 : USA W/ TRACTION CONTROL,
CANADA
Y–G
10 1C
3
1
8 1J
10 1H
17 IO1
2
Y–G
G–B
B
1
Y–G
2
NOISE FILTER
4
Y–G
DEFOGGER
RELAY
1
IE2
11 1C
1 1D
10 IG2
Y–G
W–B
5
RDFG
A8
B
DEFOGGER SW
[A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY]
1
1 A
W–B
L
5 B
W–B
GND
A , A10
N2
9 IG2
W–B
R
R17
B , R18
W–B
1 B
4 3D
16 IO1
A
NOISE FILTER
(FOR REAR
WINDOW
DEFOGGER)
5 3B
1
W–B
5 A
R19
MIRROR MEATER LH
[REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR LH]
B
G–B
W–B
5
C
W–B
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
214
W–B
B
1 C
BO
IE
IH
R20
MIRROR MEATER RH
[REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR RH]
16 IH1
SERVICE HINTS
DEFOGGER RELAY
1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY] ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A8
A10
SEE PAGE
CODE
A
28
N2
B
28
29
J11
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
31
R19
31
R17
B
31
R20
31
R18
C
31
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1C
1D
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
3D
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1H
1J
1K
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE2
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG2
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1
36
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IO1
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
IH
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
BO
40
LEFT SIDE OF REAR PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I8
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
38
CODE
COWL WIRE
A8
I25
A
A10
B
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
38
COWL WIRE
ORANGE
J11
N 2
A
X X
5
5
X
X
X
X
A
A
A
A
A
A
1
X X
(HINT : SEE PAGE 7)
R17
B
1
BLACK
R18
C
BLACK
R19, R20
1
5
1
215
AUTO ANTENNA
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
GR
10A
DOME
10A
ECU–IG
10
13
3D
3B
GR
15A
CIG
5 ACC
B–W
9 ANT+B
R–G
3 AMP
B–O
10 ANTB
B–Y
4 ANTA
12
2
L–Y
7 1A
6 1L
7 1J
GR
L–Y
B–R
1 EB1
L–Y
9 IM1
4
IJ2
15
IJ2
R3
RADIO AND PLAYER
B–O
5 1C
R–G
B–W
1 1C
5
IJ2
14
IJ2
B–W
R–G
B–O
B–Y
L–Y
8 BS1
6 BS1
2 BS1
7 BS1
B–O
B–Y
8
5
4
1
2
L–B
BR
Y
A31
AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR
AND RELAY
W–B
L–G
R–G
6
R–W
B–W
3
R–G
P–L
IE1
B–R
4
L–Y
IE1
L–Y
6
14
11
9
12
13
4
IG
ACC
ANT+B
AMP+B
ANTB
ANTA
GND
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY
3
+B
7
W–B
SGND
8
10
R
1
M
2
AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR
2
1
IC
3
A
SENSOR
BM
216
J12
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
SIG
7
W–B
SVCC
5
G
DOWN
2
L
UP
B–Y
– +
B
16
1 BS1
B–R
1 3D
GR
9 3D
SERVICE HINTS
A31 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY
3–GROUND :
6–GROUND :
8–GROUND :
7–GROUND :
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUITY
R 3 RADIO AND PLAYER
5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A31
CODE
30
J12
SEE PAGE
CODE
30
R3
SEE PAGE
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1C
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
3D
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1J
1L
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
IE1
36
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ2
36
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH)
IM1
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BS1
40
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (UNDER THE LEFT SIDE OF REAR SEAT CUSHION)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
BM
SEE PAGE
40
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
A31
J1 2
1 2
4 5 6
R 3
B LUE
3
7
8
A
A
A
A
A
A
5
3
4
9
10
(H IN T : S E E P A G E 7 )
217
RADIO AND PLAYER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
25
11
C16
25A
RAD
NO. 1
15A
CIG
10A
DOME
B , C17
+B
B–W
B–O
7 BS1
8 BS1
2 BS1
B–W
B–O
1 EB1
11
GR
L–Y
2
3 A
IJ2
1
IJ2
L–Y
W–L
B–Y
10 3D
B–Y
7 1J
L–Y
6 1L
GR
2
ACC
4 A
12
GR
26
A
CD AUTOMATIC
CHANGER
TO AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR
AND RELAY
IJ2
5
IJ2
B–O
4
B–W
IJ2
B–Y
14
1 A
4 A
9 A
10 A
ANTA
GR
+B
R2
B ,R3
ANT
GR
1
1C
5 A
ACC
W–L
5
1C
L–Y
9 IM1
L–Y
GR
5 EB1
9
3D
L–Y
9
3C
13 3B
6 C
14 C
ANTB
+B
ACC
A , R4 C
RADIO AND PLAYER
B
ACC
FRL+
SE2
FRR+
S14
4 A
FRR–
B , S15
SE1
21
IJ1
5 A
14 A
20
IJ1
B57
RRL+
13 A
RRL–
SE4
10
LG
BR–W
V
(SHIELDED)
BR–Y
P
L
IJ1
SE3
7 B
IJ1
22
IJ1
6 A
15 A
I113
9
IJ1
B56
BR–W
B58
8
15 B
LG
9 A
IJ1
I114
RRR–
6 B
V
3 A
2
RRR+
(SHIELDED)
IJ1
SE4
13 B
BR–Y
11
(SHIELDED)
BR–B
W
IJ1
I115
RRL–
14 B
P
2 A
FRL–
1
RRL+
5 B
(SHIELDED)
B55
SE1
4 B
BR–B
8 A
IJ1
BR–R
1 A
13
B
R
G
IJ1
9 B
L
2 B
+B2
I112
FRR–
3 B
W
1 B 5 B
3
G
(SHIELDED)
W–L
W–L
B59
IJ1
R
W–L
(SHIELDED)
6 IM3
12
FRR+
2 B
(SHIELDED)
8 B
BR–R
1 B
SE2
B
FRL–
(SHIELDED)
FRL+
RRR+
7 A
RRR–
SE3
C , S1 6 A
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
1
A
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
BN
218
2
W11
WOOFER SPEAKER
12 C
R
W
IN1
RR–
14 C
2 IN1
8 BR1
9 BR1
R
7
RR+
6 C
L
P
IF1
V
7
P
IF1
FR–
4 C
LG
V
11 BS1
V
4 BS1
2
FR+
9 C
W
FL–
3 C
L
FL+
7 C
P
1 C
LG
WF–
LG–R
8 B
WF+
LG–B
7 B
W–B
E
W–B
E
1
2
F8
FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER LH
1
2
F9
FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER RH
1
R14
REAR DOOR
SPEAKER RH
2
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
C16
B , C17
A
7. 5A
PANEL
CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER
5 C
TXS–
R2
W
R
G
21
IJ2
7
IJ2
20
IJ2
6
IJ2
FROM LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT LIGHT
R–W
BR
IJ2
BR
8
GND
B ,R3
B22
LG
11 C
TXS+
SW
7 A
1 C
7 C
2 C
8 C
CDR+
CDR–
CDL+
I116
13 C
CDL–
R–L
10 C
TXM–
SGND
8 A
18 1H
G
9 C
CDL–
6 A
B
(SHIELDED)
IJ2
CDL+
2 A
R
2
CDR–
5 A
W
IJ2
3 C
TXM+
CDR+
1 A
B
22
BR–W
IJ2
L–W
9
O
IJ2
L
23
GND
9 A
(SHIELDED)
O
L
LG
IJ2
TXS–
6 B
LG
10
TXS+
2 B
BR–W
TXM–
3 B
L–W
TXM+
1 B
SGND
A , R4 C
B44
RADIO AND PLAYER
GND
S14
B , S15
G
W–G
10 B
AMP
LG
W–G
12 IH2
R–G
6 BS1
MUTE
IJ2
18 3E
G
R–G
12
16 3C
5
T
B
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
L
B
C , S16 A
R8
RHEOSTAT
7
E
4
W–G
BEEP
B24
12 A
16 3D
W–G
11 A
IJ1
ILL+
2 A
R–L
10 A
19
R–G
BR
IJ1
ILL–
6 A
IJ2
R–G
7
R–W
IJ1
L–B
4
15
E
7 A
BR
TLMT
8 A
R–L
AMP
3 A
R–G
R–W
MUTE
12 B
BR
GND
11 B
L–B
BEEP
10 B
5 A
12 A
AUD+
AUD–
R–L
7 BS3
R–L
Y
Y
10 BS1
B
B
13 C
3 BS1
1
4
L8
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT SW
MUTE B
SP–
12 B
B
B
1
B
W–B
2
8
BQ1
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Y
BR
9
BQ1
R13
REAR DOOR
SPEAKER LH
Y
SP+
5 B
B
, T16 A
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
AND SPEAKER RELAY
T15 B
RL–
TO AUTO ANTENNA
MOTOR AND RELAY
RL+
5 C
W–B
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
II
IG
219
RADIO AND PLAYER
SERVICE HINTS
R 3(A) RADIO AND PLAYER
(A) 1–GROUND :
(A) 5–GROUND :
(A) 7–GROUND :
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUITY
C17(A) CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER
(A) 4–GROUND :
(A) 3–GROUND :
(A) 9–GROUND :
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
ALWAYS CONTINUITY
S14(B) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
(B)1, (B)5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(B) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
(B)7, (B)8–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
C16
C17
SEE PAGE
B
30
A
CODE
SEE PAGE
L8
CODE
SEE PAGE
30
S14
B
31
30
R2
B
29
S15
C
31
F8
30
R3
A
29
S16
A
31
F9
30
R4
C
29
T15
B
31
J6
29
R8
29
T16
A
31
J7
29
R13
31
J13
30
R14
31
W11
31
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C
1H
1J
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1L
3B
3C
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EB1
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
IF1
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH2
36
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
36
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH)
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO
NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1
IJ2
IM1
IM3
IN1
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BQ1
40
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BR1
40
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
40
FLOOR NO.1
NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (UNDER THE LEFT SIDE OF REAR SEAT CUSHION)
BS1
BS3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
II
36
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BN
40
LUGGAGE ROOM RIGHT
220
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I112
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE
B56
B57
I116
B58
B24
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B55
38
I115
B22
SEE PAGE
B44
I113
I114
CODE
40
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE
40
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE
B59
221
COMBINATION METER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
B
15
E4
V1
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR)NO. 1
(FOR COMBINATION METER)
1
IK1
6
15A
AM2
B–L
P1
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START
SW)
16
P
N
A8
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
5
W–R
IG2 6 B–O
11 AM2
E5
IK1
ST2 5
3
SPEED
19
L–R
B–W
I11
IGNITION SW
2
L–Y
5
B–W
W–R
2
EB2
R–L
D
V–W
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
F2
IK1
F3
IK1
D
B–W
L–R
L–B
12 C
13 C
15 C
B–O
C9
C , C11
A
14 C
SPEED
BRAKE
WASHER LEVEL
CHARGE
OIL LEVEL
REAR LIGHT
B , C10
COMBINATION METER
14 A
V–W
Y–R
15 A
9 A
R–G
7 B
Y
8 B
R–G
OD0
METER
13 A
Y–B(*2)
5 1L
Y
R–G(* 2)
5 1B
(* 2)
TO LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR
6 EC1
18
Y–B(* 1 * 3)
D7
DIODE (FOR
TRACTION CONTROL)
1
2 R–G
(* 3)
(* 1 * 4)
1
P4
PARKING BRAKE
SW
2
W–R
W–B
EC
8
PKB BRK
Y–B
1
L
W1
WASHER LEVEL
WARNING SW
R–G
1
G2
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
Y
E5
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING SW
16 3E
1
(* 2)
R–G
6 ED1
2
222
15
3A
Y
Y–R
16 3A
Y–B
I20
Y–B(* 2)
Y–B
D4
DAYTIME
RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
IK2
Y–B(*1)
D1
R–G
4 IM3
W–B
* 1 : USA
* 2 : CANADA
* 3 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL
* 4 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
11
E14
IK1
15A
GAUGE
R–L
10A
DOME
12
E7
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU)
W
B–Y
R–L
6
V–W
2
L–Y
SP1
6 1J
R–L
2
9 1H
B–Y
R–L
1 3E
5 1E
15 3D
1 EB1
L–Y
11
3B
V–W
6 1G
17 3A
1
1C
12 1K
10 3E
L–Y
B–Y
V–W
C9
C , C11
A
11 C
B
12 A
R–W
21 C
Y–G
22 C
BR
9 C
OPEN DOOR
WATER TEMP.
TACHO
12 IM3
10 C
W–B
FUEL
7 IM3
12 3D
2 IM3
F12
IK1
F7
IK1
F9
IK1
(* 1 * 4)
W–B
1
B1
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL WARNING
SW
I2
IGNITER
IG–
TO DOOR COURTESY
SW
1
4
R–G
Y–G
1
BR
3
B
2
4 3D
W3
WATER TEMP. SENDER
(* 3)
Y–R
R–G(* 3)
R–G
Y–B
C
BR–Y
C
8 C
Y–R
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
7 C
Y–B
FUEL
8 A
B , C10
COMBINATION METER
1 C
BR–Y
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
LAMP (CHECK ENGINE
WARNING LIGHT)
A/B
RESET
2 B
F14
FUEL SENDER
W–B
2
B
W–B
B
A
B
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
IE
IF
EC
223
COMBINATION METER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
2
34
R–W
W–R
2
(* 2)
15A
HEAD
RH
7. 5A
SRS
10A
HEAD
(RH–UPR)
7. 5A
DRL
2
2
5
1
33
2
2
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 3
2
W–R
(*2)
(*1)
R–W
2
R–W
5 1J
1
1
4
3
(* 2)
2
2
W–G
2
W–L
R–W
(* 2)
R–L
FROM TURN SIGNAL SW
[COMB. SW]
(* 1)
W–B
7 EB1
G–B
G–Y
10 B
LG–R
20 A
18 A
(* 1)
TURN RH
O/D OFF
CRUISE
1 B
HIGH BEAM
(* 3)
TRAC OFF
(* 3)
TRAC
4 B
L
SEAT BELT
OIL
5 B
R–Y
SRS
ABS
21 A
B–R
R–L
IK1
P–L
F8
R–Y
A
10 1J
(* 2)
(*1)
A
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(* 2)
A
W–B
TO DIMMER SW
[COMB. SW]
TO O/D MAIN SW
TO CRUISE CONTROL
ECU
TO TRACTION
ECU
TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU (*3)
TO ABS ECU (* 4)
TO INTEGRATION RELAY
Y–B
O2
OIL PRESSURE SW
TO CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
1
R–Y
11 1J
W–B
A
B–Y
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
7 A
9 B
(* 1)
Y–B
19 A
B–Y
10 A
6 B
C , C11 A
TURN LH
B , C10
COMBINATION METER
(* 1)
C9
11 A
R–W
(* 2)
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
IF
224
* 1 : USA
* 2 : CANADA
* 3 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL
* 4 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL
FROM
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
E12
IK1
E13
IK1
E8
IK1
E11
IK1
E9
IK1
E10
18 1H
L–W
G–B
G–O
G–W
G–R
R–B
G–Y
FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)]
7. 5A
PANEL
16
3D
IK1
18 3A
LG
18 3E
W–B
G–B
L–W
LG
5 A
6 A
3 B
17 A
C9
ECT
PWR
L
2
D
N
23 C
B , C10
C , C11 A
2 C
4 C
W–B
W–B
COMBINATION METER
A
LG
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R8
RHEOSTAT
3
LM
5
T
(* 2)
TC
W–B
6
B
IG
(* 2)
16 EA1
W–B
W–B
R
P
(* 1)
(* 2)
G–O
4 A
W–R
G–W
3 A
ILLUMINATION
G–R
2 A
R–B
R–B
1 A
LG
(* 2)
TAILLIGHT INDICATOR (* 2)
HEADLIGHT INDICATOR (* 1)
G–Y
(*2)
EB
225
COMBINATION METER
SERVICE HINTS
B 1 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN
P 4 PARKING BRAKE SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
O 2 OIL PRESSURE SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW APPROX. 20 KPA (2.8 PSI, 0.2 KG/CM2)
W 3 WATER TEMP. SENDER
1–GROUND : APPROX. 226 (50°C, 122°F)
APPROX. 25 (115°C, 239°F)
E 5 ENGINE OIL LEVEL WARNING SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT UP AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 55°C (131°F)
OPEN WITH FLOAT DOWN AND ENGINE OIL TEMP. AT BELOW APPROX. 60°C (140°F)
F14 FUEL SENDER
2–3 : APPROX. 3 AT FUEL FULL
APPROX. 110 AT FUEL EMPTY
C10(C) COMBINATION METER
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER AT P OR N POSITION
10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
22–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
11–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A8
B1
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
28
F14
30
J9
29
26
G2
26
J11
29
C9
B
28
I2
26
O2
27
C10
C
28
I11
29
P1
27
C11
A
28
J1
27
P4
29
D 4
28
J2
29
R8
29
D 7
28
J3
29
V1
27
E 5
26
J7
29
W1
27
E 7
28
J8
29
W3
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
2
SEE PAGE
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
1C
1E
1G
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3A
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1H
1J
1K
1L
3D
3E
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
EA1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
EC1
34
COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
ED1
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
38
COWL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
EB1
EB2
IK1
IK2
IM3
226
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
EC
34
FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
I20
SEE PAGE
38
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
COWL WIRE
227
COMBINATION METER
228
RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. HEATER BLOWER OPERATION
MANUAL BLOWER OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER CONTROL SW IS SET TO ANY BLOWER SPEED, THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT
TO DRIVE THE BLOWER MOTOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER
MOTOR CONTROL RELAY. THE CURRENT ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO TERMINAL +B OF THE BLOWER
MOTOR CONTROL RELAY IS OUTPUT AT TERMINAL M+ AS THE VOLTAGE FOR THE SELECTED BLOWER SPEED. THE CURRENT
THEN FLOWS FROM TERMINAL M+ OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL M– OF
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, AND THE BLOWER MOTOR OPERATES AT THE BLOWER SPEED
SELECTED.
AUTO FUNCTION
WHEN THE AUTO SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY CALCULATES THE REQUIRED VENT TEMPERATURE BASED ON
THE SET TEMPERATURE AND INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR. THEN TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY INPUTS
CURRENT TO TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY IN CONFORMITY WITH THE REGUIRED VENT OUTPUT. THIS
CURRENT ACTIVATES THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL M+ OF THE BLOWER
MOTOR CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 2 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL M– OF BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL
RELAY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE BLOWER MOTOR. THE BLOWER MOTOR THEN OPERATES AT DIFFERENT
STEPS IN CONFORMITY WITH VARIABLE CURRENT FLOW OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL BLW OF THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY TO
TERMINAL SI OF THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY.
2. OPERATION OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY →
TERMINAL AIR → TERMINAL 2 (F AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL AIF OF A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHILE THE
DAMPER OPERATES, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TPI OF
THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE
ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL AIF → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL
2 → TERMINAL. AIR OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER STOPS
AT THAT POSITION.
3. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
WITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
(SWITCHING FROM DEF TO FACE)
THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AOF OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR VENT CONTROL MODE SERVO
MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL. AOD OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND. THE MOTOR ROTATES
AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FACE SIDE. WHILE THE DAMPER OPERATES, THE DAMPER POSITION SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM
TERMINAL 5 OF THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE TERMINAL TPO OF THE ECU (BUILT INTO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A
RESULT, CURRENT TO THE SERVO MOTOR CIRCUIT IS CUT OFF BY THE ECU, SO THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO DEF)
THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AOD OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO
MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL. AOF OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND
THE DAMPER STOPS AT THAT POSITION.
4. OPERATION OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE SW IS TURNED TO THE ’COOL’ SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL AMC OF A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL AMH OF A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND THE MOTOR ROTATES. THE DAMPER OPENING ANGLE AT THIS TIME IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF
SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL TP OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, THIS IS USED TO DETERMINE THE DAMPER STOP POSITION AND
MAINTAIN THE SET TEMPERATURE.
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO THE “WARM” SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR →
TERMINAL AMH OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 2 OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →
TERMINAL AMC OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, ROTATING THE MOTOR IN REVERSE AND SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO
WARM SIDE.
5. OPERATION OF AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
WHEN THE MODE SW IS SET TO BI–LEVEL, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 4 OF MAX COOL CONTROL
SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL CBLO OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND. THIS OPERATES
THE MOTOR TO SET THE DAMPER TO THE MAX COOL SIDE.
230
6. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION
THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURE
SIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, COOLANT TEMPERATURE FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP.
SENSOR) AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR, ETC.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE ECU (BUILT IN THE
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY). AS A RESULT, THE GROUND CIRCUIT IN A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS CLOSED AND CURRENT FLOWS
FROM GAUGE TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL ACMG OF ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) → TERMINAL A/C → TERMINAL MGC OF A/C LOCK
AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL MGC OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL GND → GROUND, TURNING THE RELAY
ON, SO THAT THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
DETECTS THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS ON AND THE A/C COMPRESSOR OPERATES. OPEN DIRECTION TO AVOID LOWERING THE
ENGINE RPM DURING A/C OPERATING.
WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY, THE CONTROL ASSEMBLY OPERATES TO
TURN OFF THE AIR CONDITIONING.
∗ ENGINE TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.
∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THERE IS A LARGE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN ENGINE SPEED AND COMPRESSOR SPEED.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW.
SERVICE HINTS
A 3 A/C LOCK SENSOR AND A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH
4–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7 A 2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW [A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW]
1–4 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 206 KPA (30 PSI, 15.5 KG/CM2) OR 2648 KPA (384 PSI, 27 KG/CM2)
A 8, A 9, A10 A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
+B – GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS
IG – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
HR – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DO NOT TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR
BELOW 1 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR
ACC – GROUND: APPROX. 10–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
TW – GROUND: 10–14 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE AND MAX. COLD POSITION OF A/C TEMP. CONTROL SW
BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE AND MAX. WARM POSITION OF A/C TEMP. CONTROL SW
MGC – GROUND: BELOW 1 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, PUSH THE A/C AUTO SW AND A/C SW ON POSITION
10–14 VOLTS AT START THE ENGINE, PUSH THE A/C AUTO SW AND A/C SW OFF POSITION
BLW – GROUND: 1.0–3.0 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND TURN THE BLOWER MOTOR
S5 – GROUND: 4–6 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON
SG – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
AMH – AMC:
13–19 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW OFF
AIF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FRESH SW ON
AIR – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RECIRC SW ON
AOF – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH FACE SW ON
AOD – GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DEF SW ON
GND – GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
231
RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
10
30A
RDI
FAN
10A
ECU–IG
9
7 1A
2
2
B–Y
2
5
1
B–Y
EB2
B–Y
17 3D
2
13 3D
1
B–Y
W–R
4
L
HEATER
RELAY
7 3D
3
W–R
2
2
13 EB2
L–Y
L–Y
B–R
13 3C
L
B–R
W–R
B–Y
L–O
L–O
24 EB2
B–R
W–B
B–R
W–R
2
2
2
5
2
6
1
B–R
1
3
4
60A ABS
50A HEATER
2
5
RADIATOR
FAN MAIN
RELAY
4
RADIATOR
FAN RELAY
3
2
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
L–B
1
L–W
15 EA1
3 EA2
B–L
W–B
L–B
2
W4
WATER TEMP.
SW
3
2
M
1
W–B
1
E25
2
L–B
A
16 EA1
W–B
W–B
W–B
E4
W–B
W–B
W–B
BATTERY
EA
232
2
M
1
W–B
2
C1
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W–B
L–B
A
A2
A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW
[A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW]
L–W
2
L–B
13
W–B
100A
ALT
W–B
7. 5A ECU–B
L
R1
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
14
2
EB
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
15A
GAUGE
7. 5A
PANEL
18 1H
7 1J
B–Y
9 1H
15A
CIG
B–Y
B–Y
17 3A
B–Y
5
6
3D
3A
9
3F
W–R
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
18 3B
L–Y
2
IP1
L–O
L–Y
16 3D
10 3D
6 3C
2 3B
L–O
(CANADA)
GR
B–Y
(USA)
LG
15
EB2
L–O
2 A
+B
A
BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL RELAY
M–
P–B
1
1
IP1
A/C
B3
BLOWER MOTOR
HR
1 C
6 C
+B
IG
A8
Y–L
IH1
23 A
22 A
8 C
2 C
DOUT
A , A9
9
C
P–L
15 IH1
C
LG
16 A
GR
B–Y
W–R
Y
P–L
(USA)
(CANADA)
L–Y
IH1
L–Y
3
9 A
BLW
4
4 EB2
P–L
10 IH2
W–B
TC
11
Y–L
M
D3
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
GR
IP1
3 A
L–Y
2
3
SI
1 B
B
W–B
M+
2 B
W
GND
1 A
LG
B , B5
J10
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B4
DIN
ILL+
ACC
B , A 10 C
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
IG
233
RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
M10
MAX COOL CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
E7
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
I2
IGNITER
SHUT
M
3
1
L–R
B
B–W
B–Y
4
Y
4
(CANADA)
B
W
OPEN
IG–
34
(USA)
23
B–Y
A/C
B–Y
ACMG
1
II1
B–Y
11
2
MGC–OUT
IG
MGC–IN
5
2
COMP
6
SG
10
4
5
IGN
GND
LOCK OUT
12
II1
A/C
1
7
2
L–R
Y
L–B
Y–R
GR–R
IK2
B
GR
IK2
L–W
GR–R
GR–R
1
A3
A/C LOCK SENSOR
AND A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
4
IH1
5
IH1
10 A
18 A
12 A
13 A
A ,A9
MGC
B , A10 C
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
234
IJ2
20 A
LOCK IN
A8
13
L–R
20 IH1
Y
IH1
GR–R
19
L–B
2
Y–R
4
FROM DEFOGGER RELAY
C1
G–B
C5
IK2
B
TEL IN
CBLS
CBLO
16
IH1
G–B
C2
TO TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
AND SPEAKER RELAY
B
L–W
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
L–W
9 EB2
GR
L–W
L–W
2
A12
A/C LOCK
AMPLIFIER
2
W
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY
17 EB2
1
II1
W–B
2
3
IK1
3
B–Y
2
F12
B
B–W
(CANADA)
W
B–Y
B
W–B
(USA)
B–Y
5 A
RDFGR
M
2
1
4
5
3
1
2
4
5
3
P
P–B
R–Y
L–O
B–W
Y–G
BR–W
R–Y
Y–B
B–W
FACE
WARM
M
DEF
A23
AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
COOL
A22
AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
W–B
BR–W
Y–G
9
IH2
A
A
G–R
SPEED
IH1
8
IH1
9 C
1 A
2 A
8 B
9 B
7 B
2 B
7 A
6 A
RHEOSTAT
AMH
AMC
TS
TP
TW
A8
A , A9
IH2
B
B
TR
AOF
AOD
10
IH1
Y–B
7
BR–W
IH1
Y–G
12
G
IH1
G–R
11
L–O
IH1
G–B
13
P–B
IH1
P
14
1
R–Y
L–O
W–G
19 A
IH2
G–R
1
W–G
V–W
12
II1
B–W
B
BR–W
9
11
2
Y–G
2
A
B–W
A13
A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR
R–Y
A14
A/C SOLAR SENSOR
TO RHEOSTAT
TO SPEED METER
[COMB. METER]
R–Y
R–Y
I56
R–Y
1
C
C
B–W
II1
W7
WATER TEMP. SENSOR
(FOR A/C SYSTEM)
B–W
L–O
P–B
P
3
6
B–W
I117
C
C
J10
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–Y
B–W
II1
B–W
8
B–W
II1
Y–B
7
J10
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
II1
Y–B
5
R–Y
II1
R–Y
4
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
1 B
S5
11 B
TPO
5 B
SG
B , A1 0 C
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
235
RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
FRESH
A21
AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
RECIRC
M
3
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
B
B–W
5
R–B
4
R–Y
1
R–L
R–W
2
W–B
R–Y
B–W
A 8 A , A 9 B , A10 C
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
PSW
21 A
VER1
A
A
5 C
GND
IF
236
W–B
L
17 A
TAM
W–B
B
3 B
TE
W–B
B–L
6 B
TPI
(CANADA)
R–B
10 B
AIF
W–B
R–L
3 A
AIR
5 3B
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
R–W
4 A
W–B
W–B
18 IH1
6 IH1
W–B
1 IH1
4 3D
W–B
B–L
22 IH1
L
17 IH1
A18 IC2
B
21 IH1
R–B
R–L
R–W
2 IH1
A10 IC2
4
(CANADA)
1
B
1
L
2
1
A2
A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
[A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW]
B–W
2
A1
A/C AMBIENT
TEMP. SENSOR
B–W
A11
A/C EVAPORATOR
TEMP. SENSOR
A14 IC2
(CANADA)
I88
W–B
B–W
EA
IG
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A1
26
A21
28
J1
27
A2
26
A22
28
J4
29
A3
26
A23
28
J6
29
B3
28
J7
29
A8
A
28
A9
B
28
B4
B
28
J10
29
A10
C
28
B5
A
28
J11
29
A11
28
C1
26
M10
29
A12
28
D3
28
R1
27
A13
28
E7
28
W4
27
A14
28
I2
26
W7
29
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
2
19
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
1H
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
1J
3A
3B
3C
3D
3F
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO.
NO 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO.
NO 2)
EB2
34
COWL WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
IC2
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
36
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
II1
36
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB NO. 1 WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
IJ2
36
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH)
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
38
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
EA2
IH1
IH2
IK1
IK2
IP1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
34
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E4
E25
I56
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
38
COWL WIRE
A1
1
2
BLACK
A2
BLACK
1
2
3
4
A3
1
X
2
4
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I88
38
COWL WIRE
I117
38
A/C NO. 1 WIRE
(USA)
GRAY
A8
A
1
2 3 4 5
6 7 X 9
10
X
12 13 X X 16 17 18 19 20 X 22 23
237
RADIATOR FAN AND AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
238
GROUND POINT
E8
W–B
E7
(* 2)
W–B
EA
E5
CRUISE CONTROL
ACTUATOR
W–B
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT AND CLEARANCE
LIGHT RH
W–B
A/C DUAL PRESSURE
SW [A/C TRIPLE
PRESSURE SW]
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
FOG LIGHT RH
W–B
E5
W–B
ABS ACTUATOR
W–B
W–B
W–B
A/C DUAL PRESSURE
SW [A/C TRIPLE
PRESSURE SW]
W–B
E9
W–B
HEADLIGHT LO LH
W–B
W–B
HEADLIGHT LO RH
W–B
FOG LIGHT LH
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
W–B
CONDENSER FAN MOTOR
W–B
E4
W–B
BR
NOISE FILTER
(FOR IGNITION SYSTEM)
BR
F7
W–B
IK1
16
EA1
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
W–B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
EB
BR
W–B
A
W–B
A
W–B
A
W–B
A
W–B
A
W–B
A
W–B
(* 4)
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
(E1)
BR
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)(E1)
BR
W–G
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE AND
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION ECU)
(E1)
ED1
A
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING SW
EC
9
W–B
E11
I133
W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT AND CLEARANCE
LIGHT LH
W–B
POWER STEERING
PRESSURE SW
2
(–S)
2
RADIATOR FAN
MAIN RELAY
(E)
2
EFI MAIN RELAY
2
HEATER RELAY
2
ABS SOLENOID RELAY
2
IG2 RELAY
2
(–S)
2
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 3
(E)
(* 4)
COMBINATION METER
(ES)
BR
W–B
A
SUB HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR
BR
A
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A BR
F11
IK1
W–B
BR
I121
E17
ED
240
BR
E18
W–B
BR
BR
VOLUME AIR FLOW
(AIR FLOW METER)
(* 1)
W–B
TRACTION ECU
(EO1) ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE (ENGINE
AND
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
(EO2) TRANSMISSION
ECU)
BR
MAIN HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR
(ON FRONT SIDE)
BR
MAIN HEATED OXYGEN
SENSOR
(ON REAR SIDE)
BR
A
BR
WATER TEMP. SW
* 1 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL
* 2 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
[IGNITION SW]
W–B
W–B
WIPER RELAY
SHIFT LOCK
ECU
W–B
LIGHT CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
W–B
DEFOGGER SW [A/C
CONTROL ASSEMBLY]
W–B
14
15
3A
3B
13
12
3A
3C
4
3A
12
3D
5
5
3A
3E
5
2
3B
3F
* 4 : CANADA
W–B
CLOCK
W–B
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
W–B
COMBINATION METER
(E1)
BR
TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC ECU
W–B
6
3F
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
W–B
CRUISE CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
4 3D
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
A W–B
W–B
W–B
I139
6
W–B
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY (VER1)
W–B
IH1
(* 4)
J11
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
A
W–B
A
A
A
A
(* 4)
W–B
CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
(* 4)
W–B
5
1D
W–B
A
A
8
W–B
W–B
16
DIMMER SW
[COMB. SW]
W–B
HEADLIGHT CLEANER
MOTOR (FOR CANADA)
(* 4)
IF
W–B
IO1
W–B
IO1
(GND)
I104
W–B
A20
IC2
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
(* 1)
W–B
(* 1)
(GND)
IG
W–B
(* 2)
W–B
(* 2)
I105
W–B (* 2)
(GND)
W–B
I107
W–B
W–B
(GND)
W–B
TRACTION ECU
W–B
I101
W–B
(* 1)
(* 1)
W–B
W–B (* 1)
(GND)
ABS ECU
(W/O TRACTION
CONTROL)
BLOWER MOTOR
CONTROL RELAY
(* 1)
ABS AND TRACTION
ECU
ABS AND
TRACTION ECU
W–B
W–B
7
W–B
W–B
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
LIGHT [COMB. METER]
W–B
3
IP1
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
TRACTION CUT SW
(* 4)
2
1F
1C
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR AND MIRROR
HEATER RH
W–B
(* 1)
(* 4)
W–B
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
A
WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
W–B
I102
W–B
5
IO1
6
IO1
W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW FRONT
RH
W–B
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SW RH
IH
241
GROUND POINT
B
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
W–B
MOON ROOF CONTROL
RELAY
(* 5)
BR
BJ
BO
RADIO AND PLAYER
II
W–B
RHEOSTAT
W–B
W–B
W–B
I68
W–B
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
(FOR SHIFT LEVER)
W–B
W–B
I67
W–B
I69
I60
B
VANITY LIGHT LH
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
(* 3)
W–B
W–B
MOON ROOF MOTOR
AND LIMIT SW
W–B
I30
B
TILT AND POWER
TELESCOPIC ECU
2
W–B
B2
(* 3)
IL1
W–B
COMBINATION METER
(E2)
W–B
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR OPENER MOTOR
W–B
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR SW
W–B
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
W–B
W–B
(* 4)
I142
B
B
W–B
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SW
B
W–B
TRACTION PUMP AND
MOTOR
(* 1)
W–B
4
11
1G
1C
B
W–B
B
W–B
W–B
1
W–B
W–B
CENTER AIRBAG
SENSOR ASSEMBLY
9
IG2
HEADLIGHT CLEANER
RELAY (FOR CANADA)
WIPER MOTOR
W–B
W–B
SEAT HEATER SW
W–B
W–B
W–B
VANITY LIGHT RH
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR AND MIRROR
HEATER LH
PPS ECU
B
B3
W–B
FRONT PERSONAL
LIGHT
W–B
B
W–B
MOON ROOF CONTROL
SW
W–B
W–B
W–B
A/C LOCK AMPLIFIER
UNLOCK WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
W–B
I55
W–B
GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW
W–B
I138
W–B
O/D MAIN SW
1D
1
W–B
I3
WASHER LEVEL
WARNING SW
6
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
6
POWER MAIN RELAY
1F
BR
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
6
6
IE
242
(L)
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 4
(* 4)
W–B
W–B (* 4)
BR
W–B
NOISE FILTER
W–B
INTEGRATION RELAY
(–S)
* 1 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL
* 3 : W/ MOON ROOF
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW FRONT LH
W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR
AND DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW FRONT
LH
W–B
DOOR COURTESY SW
FRONT LH
W–B
9
W–B
IF1
W–B
B4
W–B
B15
4
BQ1
W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR
AND DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW REAR
LH
W–B
10
BQ1
W–B
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION
REAR LH
W–B
REAR PERSONAL LIGHT
LH
A
A
(E2)
W–B
B19
W–B
W–B
8
W–B
B62
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
W–B
IF1
B11
W–B
BUCKLE SW LH
W–B
W–B
W–B
(E1)
W–B
POWER SEAT
CONTROL SW
(FOR DRIVER’ S
SEAT)
W–B
W–B
4
IF1
* 4 : CANADA
3
W–B
B4
IF1
W–B
W–B
W–B
B61
W–B
BT1
W–B A
AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR
AND RELAY
W–B
A
TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER AND
SPEAKER RELAY
W–B
A
DOOR COURTESY SW
REAR LH
W–B
W–B
SEAT HEATER
(FOR DRIVER’ S SEAT
BACK)
4
W–B
CONDENSER LH
(E)
POWER WINDOW
MASTER SW AND
DOOR LOCK
(E1) CONTROL SW
FUEL LID OPENER
MOTOR
W–B
B20
FUEL PUMP ECU
W–B
FUEL PUMP
BK
A
BM
W–B
REAR PERSONAL LIGHT
RH
W–B
CONDENSER RH
B42
W–B
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT LH
W–B
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT RH
W–B
LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR
W–B
HIGH MOUNTED STOP
LIGHT
W–B
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT RH
W–B
A
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT LH
W–B
A
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
LH
W–B
A
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT
RH
W–B
B47
W–B
DOOR COURTESY SW
REAR RH
W–B
W–B
4
W–B
W–B
LUGGAGE COMPATMENT
KEY UNLOCK SW
W–B
DOOR COURTESY SW
FRONT RH
W–B
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION
REAR RH
BR1
W–B
DOOR LOCK MOTOR
AND DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW
REAR RH
W–B
SEAT HEATER
(FOR PASSENGER’ S
SEAT BACK)
A
W–B A
W–B
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(FOR EARTH)
B63
W–B
B65
W–B
(E1)
POWER SEAT
CONTROL SW
(FOR PASSENGER’ S
(E2) SEAT)
BUCKLE SW RH
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK
ECU
BR1
B35
B51
B50
10
W–B
W–B
W–B
MOBILEPHONE
4 BU1
(E)
W–B
W–B
A
W–B
(E)
STEREO
COMPONENT
AMPLIFIER
W–B
BN
B23
W–B
REAR CIGARETTE
LIGHTER ILLUMINATION
W–B
REAR CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
BL
243
GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
J1
27
J2
J7
CODE
SEE PAGE
J9
29
29
J11
29
29
J12
30
CODE
J13
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
19
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
6
24
R/B NO.6 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1C
1D
1F
20
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 3 (BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND
(
THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER))
1G
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 WIRE (INSIDE OF R/B NO. 2)
ED1
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 2)
IC2
36
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IF1
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG2
36
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1
36
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IK1
38
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX)
IL1
38
COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
IO1
38
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IP1
38
COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB NO. 2 WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
BQ1
40
REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
BR1
40
REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
BT1
42
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT LH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT LH SEAT)
BU1
42
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FRONT SEAT RH WIRE (UNDER THE FRONT RH SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA
34
FRONT SIDE OF RIGHT FENDER
EB
34
FRONT SIDE OF LEFT FENDER
EC
34
FRONT SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
ED
34
REAR SIDE OF INTAKE MANIFOLD
IE
36
LEFT KICK PANEL
IF
36
BEHIND COMBINATION METER
IG
36
BEHIND GLOVE BOX
IH
36
RIGHT KICK PANEL
II
36
INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BJ
40
FRONT SIDE OF ROOF CENTER
BK
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT LH
BL
40
UNDER THE FRONT SEAT RH
BM
40
LUGGAGE ROOM LEFT
BN
40
LUGGAGE ROOM RIGHT
BO
40
LEFT SIDE OF REAR PILLAR
244
SEE PAGE
30
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
CODE
E4
I133
E5
I138
E7
E8
I139
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E9
B2
B3
E18
ENGINE WIRE
38
COWL WIRE
40
ROOF WIRE
40
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE
40
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE
42
FRONT SEAT LH WIRE
42
FRONT SEAT RH WIRE
B11
I3
B15
B19
I55
B20
I60
B23
I67
B35
I68
B42
38
COWL WIRE
B47
I101
B50
I102
B51
I104
B61
I105
B62
I107
I121
ENGINE WIRE
B4
34
I30
I69
WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I142
E11
E17
SEE PAGE
38
B63
38
ENGINE WIRE
B65
245
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
246
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
System Title
Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
B = Black L = Blue
R = Red
BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet
G = Green O = Orange
W = White
GR = Gray
P = Pink
Y = Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and
the second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Indicates the connector to be connected to a
part (the numeral indicates the pin No.)
The position of the parts is the same as shown
in the wiring diagram and wire routing.
Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female
and male connectors.
Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B
No. and connector code is shown beside it). Junction
Blocks are shaded to clearly
separate them from other parts (different junction
blocks are shaded differently for further clarification).
Example:
Indicates related system.
Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male
terminal is shown with arrows
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
is used to indicate different wiring and
connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine
type, or specification is different.
Indicates a shielded cable.
The numbering system for the overall wiring
diagram is the same as above.
Indicates a Relay Block. No Shading is used
and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B.
Indicates and located on ground point.
The same code occuring on the next page indicates that the wire harness is continuous.
247
ABS (Anti–Lock Brake
System)
18–2
Headlight Cleaner (for
Canada)
ABS and Traction Control
19–2
Horn
Auto Antenna
23–2
Automatic Light Control
5–3
Back–Up Light
17–8
Cellular Mobile Telephone
22–2
Charging
1–4
5–2
Remote Control Mirror
11–3
15–3
Seat Heater
15–2
Ignition
1–3
Shift Lock
16–2
Illumination
8–2
SRS (Supplemental
Restraint System)
16–3
Interior Light
Light Auto Turn Off
Cigarette Lighter
15–3
Luggage and Fuel Lid
Opener
Clock
15–4
Moon Roof
Combination Meter
24–2
Cruise Control
Electric Tension Reducer
7–3
3–2
Taillight and Stop Light
1–2
6–2
7–7
Theft Deterrent and Door
Lock Control
12–2
Turn signal and Hazard
Warning Light
9–4
Unlock and Seat Belt
Warning
7–2
Wiper and Washer
21–2
Wireless Door Lock
Control
12–8
10–2
Power Seat
14–2
Power Source
1~25–1
20–2
Starting
7–6
Power Window
Electronically Controlled
Transmission and A/T
Indicator
17–2
Engine Control
10–3
PPS (Progressive Power
Steering)
16–2
2–2
Radiator Fan and Automatic
Air Conditining
25–2
Front Fog Light
9–2
Radio and Player
23–2
Headlight
3–3 (for USA)
4–2 (for Canada)
Rear Window Defogger
and Mirror Heater
11–2
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
248
SYSTEM INDEX
B–O
B–O
Y
C11
CHARGE WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
B–O
5 1L
B–O
B–R
B–O
W–B
B–W
R–L
W
R–L
W
Y
Y
B–L
W
N1
NOISE FILTER
(for Ignition
System)
B
W–B
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Y–G
B–W
B
G–Y
G–W
B
B
To Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission
ECU)<2–7><17–2>
To Data Link Connector 1
(Check Connector)<2–3>
B
W–B
To Tachometer
[Comb. Meter]<24–7>
B–W
To Combination Meter
<24–7>
To A/C Lock Amplifier
<25–8>
B–W
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
15A AM2
30A IG2
To Theft Deterrent ECU
<12–3>
To Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU)
<2–8><17–2>
B–W
B
To Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission
ECU)<2–7><17–2>
To ABS and Traction
ECU<19–8>
To Daytime Running
Light Relay<4–1>
W
R
I2
IGNITER
W
B
R–L
B–R
B–O
B–O
G
Y
Y–G
Y
B–O
IG2 RELAY
P1
PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
B–W
1 A
100A ALT
B–L
BR
1
G 2 B GRAY
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
3
2
1
Front side of intake manifold
EC
Front side of
left fender
EB
1
B–O
B
B–W
Y–G
B
50A MAIN
7. 5A ALT SENSING
40A AM1
S 2 B BLACK
S1 A
B
A , S2
S1
G1 A
3
27
STARTER
BATTERY
G1 A ,G2 B
GENERATOR
(ALTERNATOR)
1 B
1
A
B–L
STARTER RELAY
B–O
W
W–R
SHORT PIN
STARTER
R–L
S B
Y
2
15
B–L
W–R
W
B–L
2
D
IG B
1
2
B
L B
3 ED1
16 EA1
2
18
B
10 ED1
D
1
4
10
D
6 ED1
2
B(Canada)
B–O(USA)
A
F12
IK1
B
F1 IK1
9
17
7
28
16
1
14 EA1
IGT IGF
4
1
3
5 1B
2 1J
1 1J
5 EC1
1
COIL–
+B
F6 IK1
5
3
2
2
2
B–W
IG–
E5 IK1
3
G1 G2 NE G–
5
2
2
1
2
2
6 EC1
3
11 EB1
EB2
EB2
21 EB2
I3
IGNITION COIL
B–O
D2
DISTRIBUTOR
N
A
10
18
5
8
E4 IK1
1
P
1
2
8 EB2
B–W
5 EB2
6
2
8 1K
W
I11 IGNITION SW
2
2
3
4
2
2
2
2
B–L
B–O
5
2
B–Y
9 1J
15A
GAUGE
14
B–O
3 1J
IG2 6
ST2 5
11 AM2
4
B–L
3 1G
ST1
15
4 EB1
IG1 2
4 AM1
W
W
ACC
Ignition
Starting
Power Source
3
2
1
B–L
Charging
B–Y
1
1995 GS 300 Overall Electrical Wiring Diagram
1 LEXUS GS300 ELECTRICALWIRINGDIAGRAM
Power Source
Engine Control
1
IG1 2
B–Y
G–Y
3 1G
B–O
W–B
W–B
SHORT PIN
R–L
1 A
F4 IK1
G–Y
LG
2 B
E1
4
3
B–Y
OX1
C10 A ORANGE
F11 IK1
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
BR
VF2
BR
B
(SHIELDED)
6 1G
BR
BR
B–Y
B
W
LG–R
G–R
R–B
R
R–W
R–G
R–Y
R–L
2
1
R–B
BR
R–L
R–Y
R–G
R–W
R
R
1
5 1E
B–Y
B–O
R–G
1
R–W
1
2
I 9 INJECTOR NO. 6
B–O
2
B–O
I 8 INJECTOR NO. 5
B–O
2
B–O
I 7 INJECTOR NO. 4
1
R–Y
Under the front
seat LH
2
B–O
BK
W
From Igniter<1–3>
B–O
I 6 INJECTOR NO. 3
EB
W–B
W–B
Front side of
left fender
1
R–L
16 EA1
2
B–O
A
I 5 INJECTOR NO. 2
W–B
W–B
B–L
BATTERY
I 4 INJECTOR NO. 1
A
15
B
F6
IK1
27
A
L–O
LG–R
G–R
B(Canada)
B–O(USA)
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
14
VF1
OX2
19
11 EB1
B–O
2
IG–
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
B–O
W–B
30A IG2
20A EFI
100A ALT
23
2
28
13
TE1
A
2
W–B
24
8
+B
B–Y
5
2
15
1
G–W
B–O
R–L
15A AM2
40A AM1
2
2
12
FP
IG2
RELAY
2
1
11 IE1
3
16
7
10 IE1
2
From A/C Control
Assembly<25–5>
A
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BR
B–Y
R–L
11
8
GR
B–R
G–W
LG–R
A/C W
BR
C 9 B , C10 A
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
(CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT)
[COMB. METER]
7 IE1
BR
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
BR
A
3
C15 IK2
2
1
C9 B
6 1J
B–O
5
8
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
(CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT)
[COMB. METER]
15A
GAUGE
LG
5
LG
LG
FP
G–W
E1
G–R
2
W–B
W–B
2
L–B
7
F10 IK1
G–W
8 EB2
2
M
DI
3
F12
FUEL PUMP
2
G–W
1
W–B
2
2
B
FPC
1
3 1J
B–O
W–R
W
3
E
EFI MAIN RELAY
1
4
F13
FUEL PUMP ECU
2
5
2
9 1J
ENG
L–O
2
LG
2
J6
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
TE2
1
L–O
B–R
G–O
8
IE2
B–R
TE1
5
LG
R–L
20 EB2
A
ECT TT
D3
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL)
A
B–R
6 EB1
B–O
19 EB2
B–R 9
B–R
A
B–R
B–R
B–R
W–R
I11
IGNITION SW
From O/D
Main SW
<17–4>
W
B–L
B–R A
3
E3
IK1
B–R
ST2 5
B–R
B–R
IG2 6 B–O
W–L
G–O
E4 IK1
5 EB2
BR
B
B–O
G–O
W–L
B–R
B–R
B–R
LG
L–O
L–B
LG
G–Y
B–O
ST1
11 AM2
4
B
B–Y
4 AM1
4 EB1
3
2
ACC
*1 : w/ Traction Control
*2 : w/o Traction Control
ED
Rear side of intake
manifold
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
(Cont. next page)
2 LEXUS GS300
2 LEXUS GS300(Cont’ d)
*1 :
*2 :
*3 :
*4 :
Engine Control
5
BR
BR
BR
BR
(*1)
To Cruise Control ECU
<20–3>
To Traction ECU<19–10>
To Traction ECU
<19–10>
BR
5
BR
L–R
Y–G
45
L–W
BR
65
66
B
B
B
IDL1
E2
THA
KS
ACMG
PS
VTA1
STP
ELS
A
B
A
A
B
4
15
VTO2
VTO1
TR NEO A/C
A
40
A
39
A
37
A
38
A
A
34
A
23
35
W
B21 IC2
G–O
2 ED1
G–O
BR
BR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
BR
2
E 7 A DARK GRAY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
E 8 B DARK GRAY
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P2
POWER STEERING
PRESSURE SW
W–B
K2
KNOCK SENSOR
(on Rear Side)
From A/C Magnetic
Clutch Relay<25–3>
From A/C Lock
Amplifier<25–8>
From Traction ECU
<19–9>
From Diode(for Idle–Up)
<11–2>
From Stop Light SW
<6–3>
From Park/Neutral
Position SW
(Neutral Start SW)<1–2>
From Combination
Meter<24–5>
B–W(*3)
B(*4)
BR–W
P
P–L
W–B
W–B
Y–R
G–Y
77
LG–B
2
G–W
79
3
B
STA
B–W
80
64
B
SP1
V–W
69
B
P–B
L–R
B
Y–R
B
1
P–B
L–R
VCC
GR
1
L–R
VTA2
49
Y–R
IDL2
R
K1
KNOCK SENSOR
(on Front Side)
M2
MAIN HEATED
OXYGEN SENSOR
(on Rear Side)
THG
4
P–B
43
THW
BR
B
E1
W
BR
BR
M1
MAIN HEATED
OXYGEN SENSOR
(on Front Side)
G
R
4
41
B
From Distributor
<1–3>
3
+B HT2 OX2
E1
42
B
B
50
L–R(*1)
7
Y–B
(*2)
B
(SHIELDED)
27
B
V3
VOLUME AIR
FLOW(AIR
1 FLOW METER)
2
B
(SHIELDED)
25
B
W
1
B
(SHIELDED)
2
3
+B HT1 OX1
4
W
(SHIELDED)
1
26
B–R
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
B–R
2
B
47
R–L
R
R–L
R–Y
R–G
R
R–W
R–B
G–R
B–Y
LG–R
B
(SHIELDED)
B
1 BR
2
3
B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
G1 G2 NE G–
KNK1
KNK2
E1 E01 E02
(SHIELDED)
72
63
Y–B(*1)
B
4
4
Y–B(*1)
B
IGT IGF
46
T2
THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
R–B(*1)
R–B(*1)
A ,E8
44
B
3
R–B(*1)
E7
1
BR(*2)
FPU
2
2
L–O
EGR
2
E1
EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR
EVAP
1
P
ACIS
HT2 OX2
E3
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
(EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR)
ISC3
58
B
1
BR
S4
SUB THROTTLE
POSITION
SENSOR
G–Y
B
B
48
57
B
W
73
B–R
36
B
ISC1
G–W
20
G–R
B
From Igniter
<1–3>
19
B
V 6 VSV(for Fuel
BR–WPressure Up)
B
B–R
BR–Y
75
2
B
HT1 OX1
To Cruise
Control ECU
<20–3>
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
9 ED1
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
W–B
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
W–B
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
W–B
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
BR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
BR
B–Y
B
W
LG–R
G–R
R–B
R
R–W
R–G
R–Y
R–L
V4
VSV(for EGR)
B
18
B–R
17
BR–R
16
B
74
1
B
#10
#20
2
1
2
39
B–R
1
V5
VSV(for EVAP)
15
B
ISC4
ISC2
1
33
B
B
V
22
B
35
B
2
I1
IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE
(ISC VALVE)
A
6
Y–G
A
4
Y
A
32
B
M–REL
NSW
BATT
IGSW
5
Y–B
A
#30
#40
34
B
V7
VSV(for
Intake
Control)
B–R
TE1
Y–R
+B
# 50
B–R
OX3
76
A
3
B–R
B–R
B–R
HT3
1
A
B
TT
24
A
1
B–O
A
DI FPC #60
21
33
A
W
6
31
A
OD1
W–L
30
A
G–O
36
B–R
17
A
TE2
VF1
3
B–R
VF2
1
2
B
20
A
OX3
Y(*3)
Y–L(*4)
19
B
HT3
LG
L–B
B–R
B
L–O
LG
G–Y
28 29
B
S10
SUB HEATED
OXYGEN SENSOR
E
(SHIELDED)
B–R
BR
2
B–R
BR
B–R
BR
B–R
4
12
8
7
6
BR
BR
B
B–O
G–O
W–L
B–R
B–R
B–R
LG
L–O
L–B
LG
G–Y
w/ Traction Control
w/o Traction Control
Canada
USA
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
ED
Rear side of intake
manifold
Front side of
left fender
EB
Power Source
Light Auto Turn Off
1
Headlight(for USA)
3
2
4
W
C9 A
B–Y
To Theft Deterrent
ECU<12–3>
W
I11
IGNITION SW
1 EB1
12 EB2
A
R
1
H5
HEADLIGHT LO LH
1
2
2
1
W–B
R–Y
W–B
R–Y
FLASH
2
H3
HEADLIGHT HI LH
1
23 B
R
2
H6
HEADLIGHT LO RH
5 A
R–W
LOW
HIGH
HEADLIGHT
INDICATOR
HEAD
H4
HEADLIGHT HI RH
OFF
A , C10 B
COMBINATION
METER
R–W
HU
R
R–W
C9
FL
TAIL
R–Y
18
W–B
6
R–Y
16
9
W–B
R–Y
R–Y
W–B
D12
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
ED HF
R–B
B–L
1
T
6 A
W–B
R–W
2
See Taillight and Stop Light
System<6–1>
12 IE1
R–B
R–W
7
H
HIGH BEAM
7 A
3 1B
40A AM1
2
4 EA1
R–W
4 A
8
100A ALT
50A MAIN
11
5 A
6
H
DIMMER
SW
1
T
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
SHORT PIN
12
10A DOME
9
HRLY
I12 A
INTEGRATION RELAY
TRLY
5
2
10
6 A
3
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
4
1
10 EA1
R–G
17
EL
3
7 EB1
R–G
C13
COMBINATION SW
1
R
A
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–W
A
1 1C
7
2
6 7 8 9 10
R–G
2
3
R–W
R–G
R–G
2
1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
A
L–Y
2
15A
HEAD
LH
2
1 2 3 4 5
W
W
L–Y
W
R–G
2
15A
HEAD
RH
C10 B ORANGE
4 EB1
15A
GAUGE
2
4
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
ST1
3 1G
2
2
R–G
IG1 2
L–Y
4 AM1
W
W
COMBINATION METER
ACC
10 1J
11
1J
5 3A
INTEGRATION RELAY
3 EC1
I12 A
4 1B
R–Y
4 3D
B
W–B
BATTERY
A
A
Behind combination meter
IF
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
W–B
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
BM Luggage room left
W–B
A
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
2
IG
Behind glove box
EA
Front side of
right fender
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
3 LEXUS GS300
Power Source
Headlight(for Canada)
1
3
2
3
R–Y
R–G
H5
HEADLIGHT
LO LH
W–B
W–B
A
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
6
6
W–B
W–B
A
H6
HEADLIGHT
LO RH
A
3
R–G
R–Y
6
1
W–B
W–B
5
3A
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
B–L
4
3D
DAYTIME
RUNNING
LIGHT
RELAY
NO. 4
A
W–B
6
4
1
16 EA1
R–W
OFF
16
R–W
14 EC1
R–W
HEAD
5
C9
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
W–G
12 EC1
HIGH
1
6
R–W
1
2
7 EB1
23
R–L
EL FL
H4
HEADLIGHT HI RH
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
TAIL
T
2
R–W
FLASH
H
LOW
H3
HEADLIGHT HI LH
6
17
EB2
2
W–B
7 EA1
R–B
R–G
R–B
9
HU HF ED
DIMMER SW
W–B
From Parking Brake
SW<24–3>
To Diode
(for Traction Control)
<24–3>
C13
COMBINATION SW
1
W–G
R–L
R
Y–B
R–G
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
W–B
A
W–B
W–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
IF
8 EA1
2
2
6
18
A
9 EA1
3
R–L
HI
16
2
4
H
R–B
8
2
2
R–G
PKB
13
W–G
DRL
A
A
R–L
5
2
1
2
2
4 EA1
7
2
W–G
2
To Theft Deterrent
ECU<12–3>
2
8
W–R
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 5
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A R–G
R–G A
R–G
IG
+B
D4
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY
BRK
E
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Behind combination
meter
R–W
R
R–Y
17
R–W
15
2
BATTERY
W
R–W
W–R
B–R
100A ALT
50A MAIN
9
From Generator
(Alternator)
<1–4>
40A AM1
1
5
2
R–Y
7
7
13
10
33
2
12 EB2
2
7 EB2
18
Y–G
SHORT PIN
7. 5A ECU–B
14
5
8
CHG
11
1
2
R–Y
W
W–R
2
3
2
2
R–W
C
4
2
R–G
W–R
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4 EB1
C
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY NO. 2
From Diode(for Headlight
Cleaner)<5–3>
W
W–R
7 1B
3
1
2
15A
GAUGE
2
3
1
2
6
10A HEAD (LH–LWR)
I11
IGNITION SW
2
34
10A HEAD (RH–LWR)
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
2
2
7. 5A DRL
2
2
4
R–Y
B–Y
14 3E
2
2
3 1G
2
W
4
10A HEAD (RH–UPR)
B
10A HEAD (LH–UPR)
IG1 2
ST1
13 EB2
W
W
R–Y
13 3D
B
4 AM1
2
4
W
W
W–R
ACC
W
Left kick panel
IE
EB
Front side
of left
fender
Front
side
of right
fender
EA
1995 GS 300 Overall Electrical Wiring Diagram
4 LEXUS GS300
Headlight Cleaner
(for Canada)
2
Power Source
1
Automatic Light Control
L–Y
C14 A GRAY
1 EB1
B–Y
1
W–L
ST1
20A
WIPER
I11
IGNITION SW
10A
ECU–IG
2 3 4 5 6 7
8
9
1
2
3 4 5 6 7 8
L–Y
IG1 2
COMBINATION SW
C13 B
3 1G
ACC
4
R–G
W–L
R–G
L–Y
COMBINATION SW
B–Y
4 AM1
*1 : Headlight Cleaner SW
3
9
1 1C
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
W
22 EB2
W–L
3 1L
B
B
16
B
6
15
6
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
B
7
BATTERY
W–B
Left kick panel
IE
IF
G–O
R–B
Behind combination meter
5
3A
To Door Courtesy SW
Front LH<7–2>
From Taillight Relay
<6–1>
R–B
G–O
W–B
B–L
W–B
B
4
3D
G–R
A
ON
C13 B , C14 A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A (for Earth)
A
W–B
G–R
A
8 IH2
19 3E
G–W
(*1)
G–W
AUTO
T
11
6 IH2
G–O
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
7 IH2
R–G
A
HEAD
7
8 3B
12 EB2
A
B
A26
AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR
CTY
G–O
1
T
L–Y
B–R
A
A
9
R–G
H
TAIL
COMBINATION SW
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
EL
R–G
2
L
4
R–G
2
B
2
10
R–G
7
12
A
D5
DIODE
(for Headlight Cleaner)
(for Canada)
R–G
2
H1
HEADLIGHT CLEANER
MOTOR(for Canada)
40A AM1
100A ALT
1
L–W
3
A
OFF
LIGHT
CONTROL SW
8
50A MAIN
10A DOME
9
12 3B
H
3
4
M
11
21 3B
IG
R–W
2
L–B
5
1
9 3D
3
B–W
10
3
W–B
2
3
1
1
PB
IG
H2
HEADLIGHT CLEANER RELAY
(for Canada)
E
MTR
H
2
SHORT PIN
12
1
2
17 3D
L
W
W–L
4
2
HEADLIGHT RELAY
3
To Daytime Running
Light Relay<4–2>
17 1H
R–G
L–Y
2
B–R
L–Y
4 EB1
5
2
5 1C
7 1A
L
See Headlight
System<3–1><4–3>
15 1H
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
5 LEXUS GS300
6 LEXUS GS300
Power
Source
Taillight and Stop Light
1
*1 : w/ Traction Control
*2 : w/o Traction Control
3
2
4
B–Y
B–Y
ACC
4 AM1
4 1E
REAR LIGHT WARNING
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
C10 A ORANGE
3 1G
IG1 2
1
5
ST1
1 2 3 4 5
W
W
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
I11
IGNITION SW
20A
STOP
15A
GAUGE
10A
TAIL
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3
2
8 1B
G–R
G
G
G
F6
FRONT CLEARANCE
LIGHT RH
F5
FRONT CLEARANCE
LIGHT LH
G–R
R–G
R–L
2
W–B
W–B
R–W
G
1
2
W–B
W–B
A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
A
W–B
W–B
STOP
TAIL
3
R11
TAIL AND STOP
LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
R–W
G
STOP
TAIL
3
R9
TAIL AND STOP
LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
R–W
G
2
A
W–B
2
1
2
1
W–B
STOP
R10
TAIL AND STOP
LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
G
R–W
TAIL
W–B
2
1
STP–
7
R–W
1
L2
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH
G
W–B
R–G
R–L
TAIL–
11
1
L3
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH
G
W–B
G–R
B , C10 A
REAR LIGHT WARNING
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
To Cruise Control ECU
<20–4>
To Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission
ECU)<2–8><17–2>
To Traction ECU
<19–12>
C9
G–W
G–W
(*1)
5
TAIL+
G
R12
TAIL AND STOP
LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Behind combination meter
2
4
R–W
4
1
WRN
G
2
G
4 IM3
E
1
B15 IC2
1 IM2
R–W
W–B
IF
2 A
W–B
W–B
A
To ABS ECU
(w/o Traction Control)
<18–3>
STOP
4
1 2
G–W
(*2)
G
1
TAIL
2
B
R–W
W–B
2
5 3A
4 3D
1 2 3
2 IM2
STP–
L4
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
G
G–W
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
B–L
H10 A , B
HIGH MOUNTED
STOP LIGHT
1
B
H10 B
8 B
IG
TAIL–
1 A
16
17 3E
1 A
8
12
HEAD
17 3A
STP
EL
TAIL
2 3D
G–W
H
10
OFF
HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT
To ABS and Traction
ECU<19–7>
G–W
G–W
9
STP+
BATTERY
H10 A BLUE
G–W
To Shift Lock
ECU<16–2>
G–Y
T
4 3E
G–W
7
C13
COMBINATION SW
G–W
(*1)
G–W
G–W
G–R
40A AM1
To Automatic Light
Control Sensor<5–4>
To Theft Deterrent ECU
<12–3>
SHORT PIN
100A ALT
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
T
7
13 3E
3 IM2
5
4
2
11 3D
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
G
12 3E
14 1J
G–R(Canada)
G (USA)
3 3D
1
TRLY
7 1H
R–L
W
G–R
6 1J
B–Y
2
S9
STOP LIGHT
SW
2
5
8
2
9 1H
B
3
1
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W
B
B
G–R
12 1A
G–W
4 EB1
2
C9 B
3 1D
W–B A
BN
Luggage
room right
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Front
side of
left
fender
EB
EA
Front
side of
right
fender
Power
Source
1
Unlock and Seat
Belt Warning
Interior Light
2
3
W
4
W
B–R
B–R
W–R
W–R
ACC
B–Y
ST1
3 1G
L–Y
IG1 2
B–R
4 AM1
7 1A 1 1C
I11
IGNITION SW
10A
ECU–IG
15A
GAUGE
L–Y
W
W
6 1J
12 1K
L–Y
2
9
6
5 1H 3 1B 2 1H 19 1H 9 1K 1 1K 7 1C
7 B
R–W
R–G
R–G
R–G
L–Y
R–W
R–L
Under the front
seat RH
R–L
BL
L8
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LIGHT SW
BK
L7
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
G–B
Under the front
seat LH
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
BN Luggage room right
W–B
Luggage room left
ON
OFF
BM
W–B
Behind glove box
2
C19
CONDENSER RH
GND DLMP
2
3
2
3
1
W–B
IG
G–B
From CD Automatic
Changer<23–5>
L–Y
DOOR
R16
REAR PERSONAL
LIGHT RH
1
4
CTY C
W–B
2
2
L–Y
1
D11 REAR RH
G–W
D 9 FRONT RH
2
L–Y
3
DOOR COURTESY LIGHT
G
D15
DOOR COURTESY SW
REAR RH
1 BR1
1
1
W–B
W–B
IE
W–B
W–B
Left kick
panel
W–B
L–Y
G–W
L–Y
G–W
R–W
2
2 BR1
A
W–B
1
1 IN1
3 IN1
3
L–Y
G–W
L–Y
G–W
R–W
D13
DOOR COURTESY SW
FRONT RH
2
1
3
G–B
W–B
1
ON
OFF
GND DLMP
L–Y
R–W
2
C18
CONDENSER LH
4
C CTY
G
L–Y
L–Y
A
G–W
A
L–Y
J12
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
1
3
G–W
See Theft Deterrent
and Door Lock
Control System<12–6>
1
DOOR
R15
REAR PERSONAL
LIGHT LH
L–Y
A
2
D10
REAR LH
2
1 BQ1
G–W
1
DOOR COURTESY LIGHT
L–Y
D8
FRONT LH
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
R–Y
2
D14
DOOR COURTESY SW
REAR LH
W–B
W–B
B–L
B
3
1
D12
DOOR COURTESY SW
FRONT LH
W–B
3
2
4 BTI
B
2 BQ1
L–Y
To Diode (for
Interior Light)
<12–6>
L–Y
G–W
R–Y
R–W
1
2
BATTERY
4 IF2
3 IF2
2
W–B
9
1
R–W
6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
8 IM1
L–Y
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
R–W
G–W
L–Y
G–W
R–W
G
R
13
2
10
B6
BUCKLE SW LH
I11
UNLOCK WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
100A ALT
7. 5A ECU–B
1
G–W
R
2
1
11 IM1
1 2 3 4 5
L–Y
G
R
10A DOME
40A AM1
14
D23
DIODE
(for Interior
Light)
R–Y
8 BT1
R
11
From Automatic Light
Control Sensor<5–4>
R–Y
12 IE1
1 3D
16 IE1
G–W
C11 B GRAY
C10 A ORANGE
L–Y
From Tilt and
Power Telescopic
ECU<13–4>
W–B
12
COMBINATION METER
COMBINATION METER
9 3D 11 3E 11 3A
R–W
19 IE1
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
R–Y
R–W
G
W–R
SHORT PIN
2
12 B
R–Y
17 IE1
5
7
R–G
7
1K
L–Y
14 1K
4
C10 A , C11 B
COMBINATION METER
11 1C
3
8
11 A
OPEN
DOOR
5
1 A
SEAT
BELT
L–Y
W
10
2
8
2
1B
L–Y
1 EB1
2
L–Y
L–Y
INTEGRATION RELAY
2
L–Y
5 1C
L–Y
4 EB1
1
R–L
7
6
1H
1
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
(Cont. next page)
7 LEXUS GS300
7 LEXUS GS300(Cont’ d)
Electric Tension
Reducer
Interior Light
5
W
Luggage and Fuel Lid Opener
7
6
8
B–R
W–R
W
W–R
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
T 7 A ORANGE
L–Y
1 2
13 EB2
B–R
R–G
W–R
2 1E
R–G
L–Y
13 3D
B–R
L–Y
T 8 B ORANGE
30A
POWER
B–R
L–Y
L–Y
1 2 3 4 5 6
R–G
2 1K
17 3D
R–G
1
F11
M FUEL LID
OPENER MOTOR
2
2
B
B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
W–B
W–B
M
1
W–B
4 BT1
W–B
W–B
4 BU1
1
L–O
2
W–B
W–B
2
2 IL1
B6
BUCKLE SW
LH
L–O
B7
BUCKLE SW
RH
L5
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR OPENER MOTOR
W–B
B
1
1
5 IE2
L1
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR OPEN SW
G
1
2
W–G
B
3 IM3
2
W–B
TSW
13 B
F7
FUEL LID
OPENER SW
TO
1 A
B
8 BT1
+B2
A ,T8
G
8 BU1
9 A
T7
THEFT DETERRENT
ECU
2
G
W–B
2
T17
TENSION REDUCER
SOLENOID LH
2
1
1
G
R–G
1
W–B
2
W–B
3
V9
VANITY LIGHT RH
ON
OFF
I10
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT
V8
VANITY LIGHT LH
2
T18
TENSION REDUCER
SOLENOID RH
L–Y
L–Y
S8
STEP LIGHT RH
1
DOOR
F10
FRONT PERSONAL
LIGHT
2
1
W–R
L–Y
B–R
L–Y
B–R
L–Y
R–G
L–Y
R–G
R–G
L–Y
R–G
L–Y
S7
STEP LIGHT LH
1
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4 IE1
C
1
2
W–R
C
11 IM3
1
W
B–R
B–R
1 IL1
A
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR(for Earth)
W–B
Behind glove box
IG
Under the
front seat RH
BL
7 8 9 10 11
14 3E
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
8 3E
3 IL1
3
4 5 6 7 8 9
BM
Luggage
room left
BK
Under the front
seat LH
Power
Source
Illumination
*1 : Canada
1
W
3
2
4
I11
IGNITION SW
COMBINATION METER
ACC
4 AM1
IG1 2
B–Y
C10 B ORANGE
C11 A GRAY
W
ST1
4 1E
1 2 3 4 5
3 1G
6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
1
6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
5
W
W
7. 5A
PANEL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
2
10A
ECU–IG
3
8 1B
18 1H
7 1A
LG
B–R
4 EB1
See Taillight System
<6–1>
W
2
2
7 3B
6 3C
LG
LG
G
C
8
4
C8
CLOCK
9
3
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–B
W–G
3
LG
2
2
C
A10
A/C CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
1
LG
LG
H9
HAZARD SW
W–G
C
W–G
W–G
6
C7
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
2
J10
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
12 IH2
B
B
4
W–G
15 3B
W–G
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
4 3D
W–B
Under the
front seat RH
B
B
R3
RADIO AND PLAYER
W–B
BL
LG
W–B
(*1)
2
3
W–G
W–G
W–B
W–B
IG
16 3C
W–B
B
B
1
E6
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
PATTERN SELECT SW
W–G
1
W–G
B
Behind glove box
5
10 BQ1
W–G
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
6 3D
LG
23 B
A15
A/T INDICATOR
LIGHT(for Shift Lever)
17 A
W–B
(*1)
2
W–B
W–B
10 BR1
1
LG
W–B
2
7 BQ1
A29
ASHTRAY
ILLUMINATION REAR LH
1
LG
1
7 BR1
A30
ASHTRAY
ILLUMINATION REAR RH
2
LG
LG
W–B
To Combination
Meter<24–7>
From Theft Deterrent ECU
<12–2>
R6
REAR CIGARETTE
LIGHTER ILLUMINATION
2
LG
LG
1
G4
GLOVE BOX
LIGHT SW
R–B
W–R
W–B
W–G
L–W
B–L
BATTERY
1
13 IE1
S5
SEAT HEATER SW
6
7 IM1
C10 B , C11 A
3
LG
(*1)
7
LM TC
LG
4
L
R–W
1
E
2
7 3A
C
TAILLIGHT INDICATOR
[COMB. METER]
IND
T
LG
7 3E
LG
IG
LG
LG
5
LG
2
18 3A
LG
R8
RHEOSTAT
10 3F
G3
GLOVE BOX
LIGHT
SHORT PIN
40A AM1
100A ALT
8
2
18 3E
3
5
2
9 3A
LG
7
16 3D
B–R
1
17 3D
A
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
BM Luggage room left
A
J11
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Behind combination
meter
IF
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
8 LEXUS GS300
9 LEXUS GS300
Power Source
Fog Light
1
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light
3
2
W
4
W
B–Y
2
B–Y
ACC
W
W
F
7
G–Y
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
EB
W–B
Front side
of left
fender
EA
C 9 A , C10 B
TURN SIGNAL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
RH
LH
Left kick
panel
G–Y
G–B
IE
W–B
Front side
of right
fender
W–B
EA
A
J13
A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Luggage room BN
right
B
B
W–B
W–B
EB
W–B
W–B
Front side
of left
fender
2
23 B
W–B
6
3
F6
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
3
3
G–Y
3
3
10 A
B7 IC2
F5
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
TURN SIGNAL
FLASHER
G–B
W–B
L
4
9 A
B8 IC2
R11
REAR TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
1
B
G–Y
2
R9
REAR TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
4
6
2 IH2
G–B
G–Y
4 IM2
G–Y
G–B
G–B
G–Y
11 IM2
G
6
E
W–B
8
G–B
G–B
G
G
2
1
W–B
1
G
R–W
ON
TB
F2
FOG LIGHT RH
2
2
TL
TR
G–Y
G–B
C12
TURN SIGNAL SW
[COMB. SW]
1
F1
FOG LIGHT LH
FLASH
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Behind combination
IF
meter
6
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
G–O
HIGH
18
9
G–B
13 IH2
8
HU HF
5
G
5 IH2
G
R–W
10 EC1
G–O
FOG
LIGHT
SW
OFF
R–Y
ED FL
TR
4 IH2
G–O
DIMMER SW
B–L
LOW
G–O
FG FD
6
G–B
14
TB
G–B
R–W
5
6
5
TL
ON
3
2
B2
OFF
G
C13
COMBINATION SW
BATTERY
H9
HAZARD SW
FOG LIGHT
RELAY
40A AM1
21
8
B1
6
1
20A
HAZ–HORN
2
6
22
100A ALT
50A MAIN
2
R
7
1
9
10
G–Y
SHORT PIN
15A FOG
32
10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
10 EB1
5
8
31
1 IH2
3 IH2
3 EB2
3
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
4
2
6 7 8 9 10
W
2
1 2 3 4 5
G–W
2
G–W
2
3
2
2 1A
C10 B ORANGE
3 4
1 2
5 6 7 8 9 10
G–Y
R(USA)
R–G(Canada)
W
2
1
C
C9 A
2
4 EB1
C
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
W
G–Y
W
See Headlight
System<3–1><4–2>
I11
IGNITION SW
10A
TURN
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
15A
HEAD LH(USA)
10A
HEAD(LH–LWR)
(Canada)
3 (USA)
7 (Canada)
ST1
2 EB1
3 1G
4 (USA)
8 (Canada)
IG1 2
W
4 AM1
Front side
of right
fender
IG
Behind
glove box
Power
Source
Moon Roof
Power Window
1
3
2
4
W
L
2 1E
L
L–R
1 EB2
L–Y
W
L–Y
30A
POWER
FRONT LH
DOWN
UP
L
R–Y
G–Y
L
6 IF1
R–Y
5 BQ1
20 IE1
L
G–Y
14 BQ1
L
R–B
11 IF1
R–B
L
6 BQ1
R–B
L
L
5 BR1
R–Y
G–Y
1
4
4
4
3
R
P13
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
REAR RH
DOWN
2
2
G
M
UP
1
P7
POWER WINDOW
CONTROL SW REAR LH
3
R
P11
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
FRONT RH
DOWN
1
2
G
M
1
5
UP
2
P8
POWER WINDOW
CONTROL SW REAR RH
3
R
Under the front
seat LH
DOWN
BK
P10
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
FRONT LH
2
G
Left kick
panel
2
1
5
UP
W–B
IE
R
G
W–B
W–B
BJ
M
P6
POWER WINDOW
CONTROL SW FRONT RH
W–B
W–B
1
Front side of
roof center
7 IF2
14 BR1
G–B
8 IF1
M8
MOON ROOF
CONTROL SW
W–B
IG
5 BS1
G–B
L
3 IF1
2 IL1
Behind glove
box
5 IF1
G–B
R–L
G–W
L
W–B
3 IG1
L–R
L
DOWN
W–B
3
12
13 1J
W–B
7 IL1
5
UP
CLOSE
OPEN
W–B
R–B
G–B
6 BR1
5
BATTERY
DOWN
UP
1 IO1
10
W–B
6
11
R–W
2
R–Y
G–Y
P
B–L
4
7
1 1B
L
3
R–L
6 IN1
IG
L
2
1
9
12 1J
6
B M7
MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
OPN
CLS UP
DWN
E
2
R–L
4
MTR+
G–W
5
14
9 BS1
2 IG1
9 IO1
L
9
LS1 LS2 MTR–
REAR LH
L
L
L–Y
10A DOME
100A ALT
8
5 IG1
L
L
12
DOWN
8
IM2
L
7
10 IF1
R
L
L
13
6
6
W–B
R
G
R–L
G–W
W–B
12
11
5
6
4
W–B
2
1
3
W–B
2
2
1 IL1
2
6
5
L
L–Y
5
POWER
MAIN
RELAY
L–R
11 3E
3
11
G–W
NO. 2
NO. 1
M
1
REAR RH
UP
9 3D
6
G
From Theft Deterrent
ECU <12–1>
4
6
LOCK SW
M9
MOON ROOF MOTOR
AND LIMIT SW
DOWN
L–W
L–Y
W–B
FRONT RH
UP
R–L
5 1C
1
POWER WINDOW RELAY
20 1H
1 1C
2
P 9
P O W ER WINDOW MASTER SW
8
2
M
1
P12
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
REAR LH
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
10 LEXUS GS300
11 LEXUS GS300
Power
Source
1
W
NOISE FILTER
(for Rear Window Defogger)
N2 A
2 1E
3 1G
4 1E
W
40A
DEFOG
1
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
15A
GAUGE
10A MIR–HTR
I11
IGNITION SW
4
Y (Canada)
P–L(USA)
B–Y
ST1
3
W
IG1 2
Remote Control Mirror
W
Y (Canada)
P–L(USA)
ACC 3
4 AM1
Rear Window Defogger
and Mirror Heater
2
10 1G
7. 5A
PANEL
2
1
GR
5
15A
CIG
10 3D
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
3
6 1B
3 1K
10 1A
15 1J
17 IO1
LEFT
UP
DOWN
LEFT
1
LG–B
LG–B
LG
2 IO1
4 IO1
LG
LG–B
LG–R
4
MLV
2
MRV MRH
M
M
3
IG
LG–R
M
W–B
Right kick panel
LG
LG–R
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
3 IO1
4
MLH
B
B
IH
8
A
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
LG–R
4 IG2
BR–Y
2
W–B
B
IE
LG–R
BR–Y
11 IG2
BR–R
BR–Y
3 IG2
1 1D
Left kick
panel
3
A
BR–R
W–B
R17 B , R18 C
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
BO
2
A
M+
Left side of rear pillar
6
BR–R
16 IO1
11 1C
7
W–B
W–B
9 IG2
1
R20
MIRROR HEATER RH
[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH]
W–B
5
W–B
1
1
RIGHT
RIGHT
Y–G
Y–G
R
1 C
A
NOISE FILTER
(for Rear Window
Defogger)
To Defogger SW
[A/C Control Assembly]
<25–6>
B–L
1 B
R19
MIRROR HEATER LH
[REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH]
N2
L
2
5
R18 C BLACK
RH
To Engine Control Module(Engine and
Electronically Controlled Transmission ECU)
<2–8>
10 IG2
B
1 A
8
BATTERY
Y–G
10 IE2
VL M+ VR HR
LH
B
16 IH1
G–B
40A AM1
100A ALT
5
2
G–B
3
SHORT PIN
7
10 1H
Y–G
8 1J
HL
DOWN
D6
DIODE
(for Idle–Up)
Y–G
2
E
1
UP
1
LG–B
2
B
LG
LG–R
DEFOGGER
RELAY
2
1
See Taillight System
<6–1>
W
2
3
R7
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR SW
P–L
LG–R
4
Y–G
1
4
R17 B BLACK
GR
10 1C
3
7 1J
2 3A
B–W(Canada)
B–R(USA)
W
4 EB1
8 1B
R19
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH
Behind glove box
M
3
M+
R20
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH
L–Y
R–W
W–B[
L1
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR OPEN SW
W–B
R–B
L–W
G
R–Y
B–Y
B
Y–G
R–G
G–R
G–W
R
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–G
From Horn Relay
<15–3>
From Taillight Relay
<6–1>
From Headlight Relay
<3–2><4–2>
From Starter Relay
<1–2>
W
B–R
P–L
T1
THEFT DETERRENT
HORN
G–Y
L–Y
R–W
L8
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
LIGHT SW
R–L
L7
LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT
L–Y
R–L R–L
R–L
R
I11
UNLOCK WARNING SW
[IGNITION SW]
W–B
R
L–Y
R–W
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
GR
B–R
B–R
W
W–B
L–R
L
L–B
L–O
L
W–R
B–W
L–O
L–R
L–B L–B
L–R
B–R
To Rheostat
<8–1>
W–B
W–B
L–W
L–O
D19
DOOR LOCK MOTOR
AND DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW FRONT LH
L–B
L–R
W–B
L–W
W–B
L–W
W–B
D22 DOOR LOCK
MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW REAR RH
L–B
L–R
W–B
L–W
L–W
L–W
W–B
D21 DOOR LOCK
MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW REAR LH
L–B
L–R
UNLOCK
LOCK
W–B
W–B
P9
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW
[POWER WINDOW MASTER SW]
W–R
B–W
LOCK
UNLOCK
E4
ENGINE HOOD
COURTESY SW
W–B
W–B
D18
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SW RH
W–R
B–Y
R–G
To Power Main Relay
<10–2>
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–W
L–W
L5
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
DOOR OPENER MOTOR
W–B
W–B
D20
J5
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR
JUNCTION
UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH
CONNECTOR
L–B
L–B L–B
L–B
L–W
L–W
L
L–R
L–W
W–R
B–W
L–W
R–G
R–L
B
100A ALT
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
IG
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
L–Y
L–Y
W
15A CIG
10A ECU–IG
W
W
40A AM1
B–L
W–B
D
L–W
4 BQ1
Behind glove
box
Under the
front
seat LH
BK
Right
kick panel
IH
Front side
of left
fender
EB
EA
13 BQ1
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BATTERY
Front
side of
right
fender
IE
4
5
8 IF1
3 IF1
6 IO1
M
15 B
SHORT PIN
2
4
B–R
1
W
W
20A HAZ–HORN
2
W–B
4 BR1
13 BR1
3
2
3
4
2
3
5 IN1
5 IO1
4 IN1
13 IO1
4
2
2
1
2
1
3
1
19 IO1
1
J5
JUNCTION
8 IE1
7 IM2
CONNECTOR
D L–W
L–W D
Left kick panel
30A POWER
W
W
7
B
10A DOME
1
22
W–B
M
M
M
M
1
2
L–W
3
4
4 IF1
6 IF2
9 IG1
5 IF2
1
2
1
4
11 BR1
12 BR1
12 BQ1 11 BQ1
L
L–B
L–O
L–O
LOCK
3
RRLC PLCK
I12
INTEGRATION
RELAY
18 IE1
9 IE1
L–B
2 IG2
6 IG2
10 IO1
11 IO1
9 EC1
3 IM3
11
W–R
12
6 IM2
2
1
L
B–R
8
B–W
L–B
B
L
B
L–R
5
LSWD
LSWR
ACT+
L–R
2 B
3 A
2 A 21 B
5 B
8 B
12 B
14 B
ACT– LSWP
IND
DSWH
PRLY
TO
6 A
TSW
KSW
UL3
DSWD DSWP[ LUG
UL1
L1
HORN
TAIL
SRLY HEAD
2
9
13 B
20 B
6 B
9 B
19 B
7 B
16 B
22 B
23 B 24 B
4 B
3 B
1
21
W
W
L–Y
3 3A
11 IM1
B
20 3E
CTY
DSWL
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
UL2
L2
E
1 A
4 A
1
10 3D
1 B
11 B
8 A
7 A
9 A
SH
+B1
T7 A ,T8 B
2 1G
2 IM1
2
B–R
ACC
IG
+B2
3
1
10 B
25 B
14 1K
8 3E
17 3D
9 3D
L–Y
C
11 3A
19 1H
6 1H
ST1
10
1
7 1J
7 1A
2 1K
10 1G
3 1G
2 1E
IG1 2
4 AM1
3 1B
1 1C 5 1C
Y(Canada)
P–L(USA)
ACC 3
C
I11
IGNITION SW
B–R
R–W
R–W
L–Y
B
B–Y
R–Y
G
L–W
R–B
R
B–Y
B
2
2
2
2
Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control
Power
Source
4
3
2
1
2
4 EB1
2 EB1
1 EB1
(Cont. next page)
12 LEXUS GS300
R–W
12 LEXUS GS300(Cont’ d)
Wireless Door
Lock Control
8
Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control
5
7
6
B–R
L–Y
B–R
R–W
R–W
L–Y
B
B–Y
R–Y
G
L–W
R–B
R
R–W
5 IM1
W–L
B
2
12
LSWD
11
10
18 IM1
CTY
IG
E
9
W–B
LSWR
L–O
7
6
UL
L
+B
W10
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU
L
12 IM1
L
L
L
B–Y
L–R
L
LSWP
L–R
2
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–R
R
3
D12
DOOR COURTESY SW
FRONT LH
2
1
4
KSW
4 IM1
19 IM1
W–B
W–B
L–O
L–O
L
L
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
Luggage room
left
A
A
BM
W–B
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
BN
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
A
A
Luggage room
right
1 2
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
T 7 A ORANGE
T 8 B ORANGE
3
4 5 6 7 8 9
1
2 3 4 5 6
B–R
B
6 IM1
11 IM3
R–W
B–Y
3 IM1
8
R–Y
1
D14
DOOR COURTESY SW
REAR LH
2
3
R–W
R–W
3
R
R–Y
R–W
1
D15
DOOR COURTESY SW
REAR RH
2
From Door
Courtesy Light
Front RH
<7–3>
D13
DOOR COURTESY SW
FRONT RH
1
1
2 1H
17 IE1
R–W
R–W
3
12 IE1
See Interior Light
System<7–3>
R–W
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
9 IF1
1
See Interior Light
System<7–3>
R–W
1
R–W
2
D24
DIODE
(for Interior
Light)
G
LOCK
UNLOCK
2
D16
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW FRONT LH
3
G–W
G
2
B
1
7 IO1
G
1 IG2
R–B
LOCK
UNLOCK
2
D17
DOOR KEY LOCK AND
UNLOCK SW FRONT RH
3
8 IM1
L6
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
KEY UNLOCK SW
L–W
5 IG2
B
B–Y
1
L–W
18 IO1
17 IM1
B
R–B
B
B–Y
12 IO1
1 IM1
16 1A
W9
WIRELESS DOOR LOCK
MAIN SW
W–L
R–Y
2
7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Under the front
seat RH
BL
3
Power Tilt and Power Telescopic
1
3
2
W
4
L–Y
ACC
4 AM1
W
L–Y
B–Y
TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU
3 1G
T 9 B BLUE
2 1E
IG1 2
1 EB1
L–Y
ST1
10A
ECU–IG
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
30A
POWER
W
1 1C
I11
IGNITION SW
From Back–Up Light SW and
A/T Indicator Light SW
1
7 1A
T10 A BLUE
5 1C
W
9 3D
SHORT
PIN
L–Y
4 EB1
W
L–Y
2
2
2
4 5
6 7
8 9
13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20
G–Y
11 1K
B–R
2
1 2 3
10 11 12
2 3E
8 A
W
SHORT PIN
L–Y
3
T9
20 A
IG
4 B
19 A
+B
P
ECUB
B , T10
A
TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC ECU
5
8
VC
MSW
17 A
TIM+
10 B
TES
TEM–
6 A
11 B
RM+
UWSW GND
6 B
11 A
1 B
7
10
4
W–B
B
B
A
MANUAL SW
Behind glove
box
IG
Behind
combination
meter
IF
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
W–B
1
4 3D
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
M
T11
TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC SENSOR
AND MOTOR
Y
2
TELESCOPIC LOCK CONTROL MOTOR
B
2
G
R
TELESCOPIC POSITION
SENSOR
M
TELESCOPIC CONTROL MOTOR
B
R
1
BR
8
To Unlock Warning
SW[Ignition SW]<7–1>
1
W–B
R
R–Y
R–B
G–B
G (Canada)
G–O(USA)
5
G
B
TILT
DOWN
M
G
2
BATTERY
TILT POSITION
SENSOR
TELESCO
SHORT
TILT CONTROL MOTOR
3
R
1
C14
TILT AND POWER TELESCOPIC UNIT
[COMB. SW]
Y
R
B
B–L
TILT
UP
ECUE
7 B
5 3E
P
2
R–W
W
3
G–R
9
G–W
W–R
5
RM–
5 B
W
G–R
G–W
D
8
TEM+
2 B
W
TELESCO
LONG
2
W–R
6
TIM–
3 B
P
P
4
D
W–L
C
R–W
R R
2
C
R–W
100A ALT
10A DOME
11
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
P
C
1
TIS
7 A
D
J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
7
12
E1
5 A
W–L
R–W
40A AM1
18 A
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
13 LEXUS GS300
14 LEXUS GS300
Power Source
Power Seat
1
*1 : Driver’ s
*2 : Passenger’ s
3
2
4
L–W
L–W
20 1H (*1)
10 1K (*2)
(*2)
4 IE2 (*1)
1 IM3 (*2)
3
L–W
(*1)
SHORT
PIN
5
(*2)
1 BT1 (*1)
1 BU1 (*2)
30A
POWER
L–W
2 1E
L–W
L–W
W
P14(for Driver’ s Seat)
P15(for Passenger’ s Seat)
POWER SEAT CONTROL SW
7
3
2
1
REAR
FRONT
REAR
FRONT
DOWN
UP
DOWN
UP
REAR
FRONT
100A
ALT
2
5
2
9
6
8
11
13
10
14
12
1
2
4
W–B
W–B
L–R
L–B
L
L–R
Y–R
Y–G
W–G
W–R
B–R
B
W–B
B–L
(*1)
(*2)
BATTERY
2
M
1
M
2
M
1 2
P18
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(for Driver’ s Seat
Rear Vertical Control)
P23
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(for Passenger’ s Seat
Rear Vertical Control)
1 2
M
4 BT1 (*1)
4 BU1 (*2)
2 1
P19
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(for Driver’ s Seat
Reclining Control)
P24
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(for Passenger’ s Seat
Reclining Control)
Under the front
seat RH
W–B
(*1)
P16
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(for Driver’ s Seat
Front Vertical Control)
P21
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(for Passenger’ s Seat
Front Vertical Control)
2 1
W–B
(*2)
P20
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(for Driver’ s Seat
Slide Control)
P25
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(for Passenger’ s Seat
Slide Control)
1
(*1)
(*2)
BL
A J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
BM Luggage room
left
2
M
1
P17
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(for Driver’ s Seat
Lumbar Support Control)
P22
POWER SEAT MOTOR
(for Passenger’ s Seat
Lumbar Support Control)
Power Source
Seat Heater
1
Cigarette
Lighter
Horn
3
2
Clock
4
L–Y
4 AM1
Y(Canada)
P–L(USA)
Y(Canada)
P–L(USA)
ACC 3
IG1 2
L–Y
ST1
10 1G
B–Y
I11
IGNITION SW
15A
CIG
W
B
3 1G
L–Y
W
1 EB1
4 EB1
1 1C
B–Y(Canada)
B–O(USA)
2
2
1
3 BU1
H8
HORN
(HIGH)
BL
Under the front
seat RH
A
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
IF Behind combination
meter
W–B
W–B
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
L–Y
4 3D
1
W–B
BM
3
W–B
Luggage room
left
P–L
Behind glove
box
C7
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
IG
3
W–B
A
2
C8
CLOCK
W–B
W–B
W–B
BATTERY
GR
W–B
B–L
4 BU1
1
5
4
B
1
H7
HORN
(LOW)
4 BT1
2 3C 1 3C
12 3C
1
3
R5
REAR CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
3
R–B
2
S19
SEAT HEATER
(for Passenger’ s
Seat Back)
B
2
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
1
S17
SEAT HEATER
(for Driver’ s
Seat Back)
B
3
R–L
R–B
100A ALT
2
2
13
2
C13
HORN SW
[COMB. SW]
3
2
R–L
W–B
B–Y(Canada)
B–O(USA)
A
10 3C
B
B
J3
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
2
G–W
21
3
A
3 EA1
G–W
2
G–W
4
9 IM1
B
11 EB2
22
1
B
7
1
S20
SEAT HEATER(for
Passenger’ s Seat Cushion)
11
B–O
40A AM1
10A DOME
20A HAZ–HORN
8
1
S18
SEAT HEATER(for
Driver’ s Seat Cushion)
12
RH
5
LH
SHORT PIN
S5
SEAT HEATER
SW
9 3D
P–L
3
10 3D
2
G–W
B
6
To Theft Deterrent
ECU<12–3>
B–O
3 BT1
R
2
3
2
L–Y
10 IM2
5 1C
GR
GR
2 IE2
W
W
L–Y
2
7 1J
HORN
RELAY
7 1L
2
6 1L
15A
SEAT–HTR
15 3B
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
15 LEXUS GS300
16 LEXUS GS300
Power
Source
1
B–Y
10 1G
3 1G
4
S12
SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
LH
S13
SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
RH
W
IG1 2
3
*1 : Connection Detection Pin
*2 : USA
*3 : Canada
B–O
4 AM1
SRS(Supplemental Restraint System)
B–Y
Y(*3)
P–L(*2)
ACC 3
W
PPS(Progressive
Power Steering)
2
Shift Lock
9 1J
4 1E
ST1
PL+
7 1J
5 1F
5
4
1
2 C
PL+
4 C
PL–
2 D
2 B
11
3 C
PR+
C11
SRS WARNING
LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
1 C
B–R
G–Y
G–R
2 A
W–L
2
S11
SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
CHECK CONNECTOR
B–Y
G–Y
G–R
+SL
PR–
B
1 B
LA
7 A
10
12 A
B–Y
1
B
2
A
(*1)
B
D3
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
4
12
TC
AB
B
B
Y–L
E6 IK1
Y–L
D4 IK2
5
TC
AB
W–B
4
3A
D1
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
B–Y
Y–L
11
4 1G 8 1C
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
B–Y
9
IH1
Y–L
F4
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR RH
B–Y
From A/C Control
Assembly<25–5>
B
A
A
A
Y–L
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
2
(*1)
B–Y
Y–B
L
G
L
1
F3
FRONT AIRBAG
SENSOR LH
W–B
1
3
1 1F 2 1F
P3
PPS SOLENOID
B
2
14 3A
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
BATTERY
C 3 C YELLOW
4 3D
Behind glove box
IG
W–B
W–B
W–B
J11
A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Behind combination
IF
meter
7. 5A
SRS
5 1J
CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
–SL
+SR
–SR
TC
1 D
A
Y–L
B–L
W–B
7
2
B–Y
B
From Stop
Light SW
<6–2>
15
5 ED1
W–B
W–B
G–W
Y–B
8
I11
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
[IGNITION SW]
1 ED1
W–B
E
4
Y–L
STP
2
E1
5 A
1 A
D+
P–
P+
C3 C , C4 D , C5 A , C6
16 EC1
B–Y
6
S6
SHIFT LOCK ECU
From Combination J 7
JUNCTION
Meter<24–5>
CONNECTOR
W–B
W–B
P2
KLS
E2
6 A
3 A
D–
G
15 EC1
4 A
IG2
6
8
B–Y
2
B–Y
G–W
2
1
B–R
SOL–
1
1
G–R
SOL+
5
Y–G(*3)
Y–L(*2)
SPD
6
P
15A AM2
100A ALT
2
GND
P1
13 A
ACC
W–B
SHIFT LOCK
CONTROL SW
40A AM1
16
G
14 A
+B
SLS–
G–R
P5
PPS ECU
4
V–W
L
B–R
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
SHORT PIN
1
IG
SLS+
8
7
1
ACC
L–R
2
20 3A
B–R
5
3
P–L
2
5
19 3A
12 3A
2
SPIRAL
CABLE
G–Y
W–R
2
B–O
W
2
7
P–L
5 EB2
2 BS4
B–R
17 3D
10 3D
4 EB1
1 BS4
PR–
7 1A
P–L
GR
W
W
W–R
I11
IGNITION SW
A25
AIRBAG SQUIB
(for Passenger’ s)
1
B–Y
A24
AIRBAG SQUIB
(for Driver’ s)
PR+
2
B–R
ST2
PL–
1
9 1F
G–Y
IG2 6 B–O
10A
ECU–IG
G–R
11 AM2
15A
CIG
Right kick
panel
IH
1
B
A
2
3
C 4 D YELLOW
A
4
B
1 2
C 5 A YELLOW
1
2
5 6 7
A B
3
C 6 B YELLOW
4
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
A
B
1 2
Power
Source
1
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator
3
2
B–Y
4
B–Y
B–R
ACC
4 AM1
W
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
IG1 2
B–R
E3
IK1
B–R
ST1
B–R
17 3D
A
B–L
E2
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
21 B
SP2–
L–W
L–W
3 B
SP2+
L–W
G1
1 B
NCO+ NCO–
28 B
VF2
29 B
19 A 20 A
VF1
TE2
17 A 18 A
TE1
TT
P
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
G2
58 B 26 B
23 B
SLU–
NORMAL
IGF
B
14 B
SLN–
Y
IGT
A ,E8
13 B
1
See Engine Control
System<2–5>
L
R
S1
2
E6
ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED
TRANSMISSION
PATTERN
SELECT SW
POWER
L
10 B
S2
B–R
BR
9 B
+B
1
O1
O/D DIRECT CLUTCH
SPEED SENSOR
L
NO. 3
(Lock–Up)
31 A
57 B
Y
OD1
GR
STP
4 A 12 A
5
2
25 B
NE
27 B
G–
7 B
E1
EO1
69 B 80 B
EO2
79 B
THG
THW
46 B 44 B
VTA2
42 B
IDL2
63 B
VTA1
43 B
IDL1
VCC
64 B 41 B
E2
65 B
THA
KS
45 B 66 B
OD2
28 A
L
2
R
10 A
9 A
7 A
B–R
W–B
W–B
BR
G
B
W
R
G–Y
G–W
V
G–W
V–W
R–B
2
G–B
From Distributor
<1–3>
See Engine Control System<2–7>
23
A
2
E 7 A DARK GRAY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
E 8 B DARK GRAY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
EB
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70
W–B
W–B
Front side of
left fender
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
W–B
BR
16 EA1
BATTERY
2
O3
O/D MAIN SW
1
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
W–B
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B–R
W–B
B–L
W–B
A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B–R
B–R
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
(ENGINE AND ELECTRONICALLY
CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)
To Data Link Connector 2
(TDCL)<2–2>
From Igniter
<1–3>
To Cruise Control
ECU<20–3>
From Stop Light
SW<6–3>
From Combination Meter
<24–5>
20A EFI
100A ALT
From Park/Neutral
Position SW(Neutral
Start SW)<1–2>
W–B
24
2
SP1
2 A
2
8 3D
G–O
15
1
STA
B–W
15A AM2
40A AM1
7
IGSW
E7
77 B
R–L
1 A
4
L–Y
2
NSW
1
R–L
2
R–L
16
76 B
B–R
2
M–REL BATT
B–O
SHORT PIN
3
24 A 33 A
B
1
W–L
EFI MAIN RELAY
5
8
R–L
2
3
3
R–L
G–O
2
5
6
G–O
2
L
20 EB2
B–R
R–L
W–R
W
2
6 EB1
NO. 4
19 EB2
NO. 1
5 EB2
W
4 EB1
NO. 2
B–R
G–O
B
To Cruise Control
ECU<20–3>
E4 IK1
W–L
2
R
B–R
B–R
W
W–R
I11
IGNITION SW
1
V2
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR(SPEED SENSOR)No. 2
(for Electronically Controlled Transmission)
R
G
B–O
B–R
IG2 6
ST2 5
B–R
11 AM2
ED
Rear side of
intake manifold
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
(Cont. next page)
17 LEXUS GS300
17 LEXUS GS300(Cont’ d)
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator
B–Y
5
Back–Up Light
8
7
6
B–R
3 1G
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
C9 A
10A
ECU–IG
15A
GAUGE
9
1H
7 1A
17
3A
B–Y
15
3D
R–L
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
E14
IK1
R–L
P1
BACK–UP LIGHT SW AND A/T INDICATOR
4 LIGHT SW
6 1J
C10 B ORANGE
RB
B–R
R–L
RL
NL
DL
2L
LL
7
8
10
9
2
3
E8
IK1
E11
IK1
E9
IK1
1
2 3 4 5
E10
C11 C GRAY
IK1
1 2 3 4 5
G–B
G–O
G–W
G–R
R–B
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
G–B
E13
IK1
G–O
G–W
E12
IK1
G–R
R–B
G–Y
To Tilt and Power
Telescopic ECU<13–3>
L–W
PL
6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
G–Y
G–Y
R–B
R–B
5
IM2
R–B
R–B
G–R
G–W
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–B
G–B
G–B
10
L
3
R10
LH
PN
A15
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
(for Shift Lever)
W–B
W–B
B–R
4
W–B
W–B
C
B
W–B
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
W–B
W–B
B
IG
Behind glove box
A
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
BN Luggage room
right
3
R12
RH
4
W–B
W–B
A , C10 ,BC11
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
L
C9
2
23 B
D
N
R
P
O/D OFF
18 C
BACK–UP LIGHT
[REAR COMB. LIGHT]
9
2
GR–G(Canada)
G (USA)
8
D
G–B
7
N
4
ECT PWR
B–R
6
R
G–O
P
G–W
5
6 C
G–R
5 C
R–B
4 C
G–Y
3 C
G–B
2 C
G–O
1 C
G–W
G–R
1 B
R–B
G–Y
R–L
L–W
3 A
3
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
Power
Source
ABS(Anti–Lock Brake System)
1
3
2
4
W–R
ABS ECU(w/o Traction Control)
B–Y
IG1 2
3 1G
ST1
2
EB2
P
P
15A
GAUGE
V–G
2
ABS MOTOR
RELAY
14
4
6 B
TC
TS
SRR
12 A
AST
8 A
MT
PKB
9 A
16 B
B
GND
GND
FL–
10 A
FSS
2 A
BAT
FR+
1 A
FR–
7 A
RR–
20 B
IM3
9
8
IM3
IM3
L
(SHIELDED)
P
2
1
A28
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR RH
1
10
L
P
IE1
(SHIELDED)
BR
1
IE1
A27
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR LH
Right kick panel
3
IE1
BR
IH
RR+
19 B
BR
Front side of
right fender
RSS
8 B
2
Y
W–B
L
EA
2
Y
2
RL–
3 B
2
A7
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT RH
1 A
W–B
ABS ACTUATOR
(SHIELDED)
GND
3 A
W
B
B
A ,A5
1
A6
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH
A4
(SHIELDED)
1
RL+
14 B
(SHIELDED)
BR
R
+BM
G
4 A
Front side of
left fender
3 A
L
EB
FL+
2 B 13 B
(SHIELDED)
MT
6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
ABS ECU(w/o Traction Control)
W–B
AST
5 B
1 2 3 4 5
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
22 B
IG1
W–B
SRR
2 B
+BS
B
1 2 3
4 5 6
C
11 B
M
B
A 5 B GRAY
C11 A GRAY
WA
From Stop Light SW
<6–2>
SFL
3 B
To Brake Fluid Level
Warning SW<24–3>
SFR
4 B
G–W
Y–B
L–W
Y–G
P
1 EA2
STP
7 B
10 B
6 7 8 9 10
W–R
SFL
6 A
B–Y
4
14 3E
W–R
17 B
D/G
Y–R
1 B
W–B
BATTERY
2
9 3E
B–R
21 B
R–
Y–R
L
B
B–L
1
13 3D
C
A 4 A BLACK
3
17 3D
P–L
4 A
MR
A12 IC2
4 EA2
21 A
P–L
G
SFR
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
16 EA1
Y–L
1 2 3 4 5
B
P
1 B
W–B
ABS ACTUATOR
B
A19 A , A20
A
A
11 A
SR
2
B
W–B
2
1 B
D7 IK2
B
Y–L
5 A
5
2
F5 IK1
ABS WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
O
1
100A ALT
40A ABS NO. 2
7. 5A ECU–B
11
13
EA1
O
V
60A ABS
40A AM1
3
12
2
3
2
2
V–G
6
G–R
4
7
13
4
2
8
1 EA1
22
ABS WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
1
5
14
2 EA1
2
E6 IK1
WA
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
7 1A
C10 B , C11 A
SHORT PIN
ABS SOLENOID
RELAY
TS
16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
7 8 9 10 11 12
C10 B ORANGE
6 1J
P–L
3
J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
V–G
Y–L
2
2
11
G
V
2
(Short Pin)
TC
Y–L
W
G–R
2
TC
1 2 3 4 5 6
B–R
ABS
4
WB
10A
ECU–IG
R–L
2
23
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
P–L
3
D3
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
1
D11
IK2
P
A20 B GRAY
W–R
W
W–R
I11
IGNITION SW
4 EB1
A19 A GRAY
13 EB2
B–Y
4 AM1
B–Y
ACC
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
18 LEXUS GS300
(Cont. next page)
19 LEXUS GS300
Power Source
ABS and Traction Control
1
3
2
4
L–R
W–R
B–Y
ACC
P
4 AM1
IG1 2
B–Y
2
EB2
P
D11
IK2
P
P
ST1
R
V–G
I11
IGNITION SW
3
W
T6
TRACTION
SOLENOID
RELAY
2
4
V–G
V–G
V–G
1
Y–G
1 EA1
W–L
Y–G
R
W–L
4 EB1
5 EA2
2
R
W
W–R
L–R
2
2
3
ABS
MOTOR
RELAY
2
2
29
14
2
40A AM1
60A ABS
2
4
2
2
2
1
EA1
13
O
O
2
G–R
G–R
1
L
L
L–Y
L
L
L
L
EA1
EB2
11
L
14
L
V–G
L
40A ABS NO. 2
100A ALT
ABS
SOLENOID
RELAY
6
2
B
O
4
EA2
B
3
3
2
2
BTM
T5
TRACTION
PUMP AND MOTOR
2
P
L–Y
L
M
B
EM2
ABS AND TRACTION ECU
A17 B
A18 C
B
W–B
A16 A
1
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
16 EA1
EB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
7 8 9 10 11 12
B
W–B
W–B
Front side of
left fender
MTT 2
B
W–B
A
5
W–B
B–L
J1
A
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
BATTERY
4
2
11
2
L
EA1
TRACTION
MOTOR
RELAY
12
2
L
V–G
EA1
3
7
1
G–R
V–G
SHORT PIN
2
1
5
8
3
G–R
2
13
4
O
4
3
7. 5A ECU–B
10A TRAC
30
V–G
V–G
2
1
IE
Left kick panel
V–G
ABS and Traction Control
5
*1 : Canada
*2 : USA
8
7
6
L–R
L–R
P
W–R
B–Y
W–R
P
GR–L(*1)
L–Y(*2)
R–L
B–Y
3 1G
R–L
B–R
W–R
W–L
W–L
W–L
SRC
1 B
4 A
5 A
A
6 A
A
6 B
RLO
RRO
15 B
FLO
13 B
FRO
5 B
BRFA
FL+
5 A
FL–
FR+
18 A
17 A
FR–
RL+
4 A
9 B
RL–
RR+
1 B
2 B
PKB
SRR
6 B
SRL
2 B
AST
5 B
IC2
MT
2 IE1
ALT
19 A
10 IM3
GR
ABS ACTUATOR
From Generator(Alternator)
<1–4>
To Brake Fluid Level
Warning SW<24–2>
To Parking Brake SW
<24–3>
1
A28
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR RH
1
L
2
2
TRCO
14 B
A 4 A BLACK
(SHIELDED)
Front side of
right fender
2
P
EA
(SHIELDED)
Right kick panel
1
A27
ABS SPEED SENSOR
REAR LH
W–B
L
B
2
IH
1 IE1
BR
1
1 A
Y
3 A
A7
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT RH
B
W
A ,A5
ABS ACTUATOR
(SHIELDED)
A4
V–G
4 A
GND
A6
ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH
BM
B
R
BS
(SHIELDED)
G
V–G
M
W–B
V–G
3 IE1
BRP
11 B
A2 IC2
A17
L
B
BRC
Y
SFL
3 B
8 B
THFA
Y–R
A1 IC2
R–G
8 IM3
LBL
10 A
R–G
SFR
4 B
7 B
Y–G
Y–B
L
9 IM3
12 C
(SHIELDED)
P
(SHIELDED)
BR
Y
L–W
BR
RR–
10 B
W–B
1 B
Y–R
4 B
ABSO
Y–B
MT
P–B
A16
16 B
D/G
ABS AND TRACTION ECU
9 A
Y–G
IC2
10 C
TC
LG
23 A
WA
G–B
AST
5 C
TS
P–B
P
B–Y
A12
Y–R
W–B
IC2
SRL
7 C 21 A
Y–R
W–B
W–B
W–B
IC2
A20
SRR
26 A
11 A
STP
G–R
SFL
6 C
IG
G–Y
SFR
1 C 13 A
24 A
BAT
G
GND
4 C
7 A
R–
Y–G
GND
9 C
B , A18 C
12 A
Y–R
IC2
A7
V
GND
TSR
IC2
B16
Y–L
A16 A , A17
25 A
1 A
SAC
LG
P–L
3 C
SMC
G–B
Y–B
IC2
B10
G–R
G
2 C
SRC
From Stop
Light SW<6–2>
G–W
8 C
VC
B–R
B–R
3 A
PR
B–R
22 A
IC2
A8
W–R
E2
IC2
B6
V
16 A
SR
IC2
B5
R
15 A
V
IC2
B4
R–Y
MR
W
2 A
B
TMR
O
(SHIELDED)
MTT
G–R
L
11 C 14 A
R
(SHIELDED)
L
L–Y
R
W
G–R
IK1
9 3E
Y–L
2 B
SAC
G–Y
GR–G(*1)
G (*2)
4 B
SMC
G
F5
B–R
VC
V–G
PR
Y–G
O
E2
Y–G
17 3D
14 3E
6
G
3 A
BSA
R–L
4
2 A
BSM
V
6 1J
B–R
3
1 A
BSR
7 1A
B–R
2
15 3E
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–R
W–R
1
B
13 3D
W–L
5
3
T3 A ,T4
TRACTION
ACTUATOR
W–L
4
2
T 4 B BLACK
W–L
1
G
P–L
Y–L
TRACTION ACTUATOR
T 3 A BLACK
15A GAUGE
13 EB2
Y–G
10A ECU–IG
V–G
1
2
3
4
A 5 B GRAY
1 2 3
4 5 6
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
(Cont. next page)
19 LEXUS GS300
19 LEXUS GS300(Cont’ d)
ABS and Traction Control
9
*1 : Canada
*2 : USA
11
10
12
L–R
P
GR–L(*1)
L–Y(*2)
R–L
B–R
G
P–L
Y–L
P–L
21
C
L
4
A
V
P–L
6 B
7 B
TC
TRCO
BRP
23 A
TR2
21 A
VTH
8 A
VSH
19 A
IDL2
22 A
ACM
3
6
4
5
B
A
A–
ACM
A
A
C11 C GRAY
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
IH
Right kick panel
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Behind combination
meter
A
IF
BR
BR
S3
SUB THROTTLE ACTUATOR
6 7 8 9
BR
1
B–
F11 IK1
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
2
BCM
1
W–B
B
6 7 8 9 10
(SHIELDED)
R
1 2 3 4 5
A
A
BR
IK2
BR
C6
IK2
A
BR
C4
IK2
2
E1
20 A
J9
T12
JUNCTION
TRACTION
CONNECTOR CUT SW
GR–B
B
C3
IK2
13 B
(SHIELDED)
C7
IK2
W
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5
STP
CSW
13 A
R
W
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
C8
IK2
G
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
A–
12 A
G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
11 A
Y
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
B
24 A
L
T14 B GRAY
C11
IK2
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
From Throttle Position
Sensor <2–8>
From Engine Control
Module(Engine and
Electronically
Controlled
Transmission ECU)
<2–8>
T13 A GRAY
B–
25 A
Y
C12
TRACTION ECU
2 B
BM
C10 B ORANGE
W–B
F14
P–B
R–B
D6
IK1
BCM
L
G
IK2
15 A
PKB
(SHIELDED)
COMBINATION METER
C9 A
1 A
WT
26 A
W–B
GR–G(*1)
G (*2)
R–B
To Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU)
<2–8>
GND
14 A
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
14 B
IND
TRACTION ECU
IDL1
B
GR
B
11 B
TR5
10 A
Y–R
P–L
BR–W
P
GR
Y–G
Y–G
NEO
6 A
16 A
P
T13 A , T14
4 A
14 1A
From A/T Indicator
Light
(for Shift Lever)
<17–7>
G–W
BAT
From Stop Light
SW <6–2>
8 B
IG1
B1 IC2
L–R
2 A
ABS0
L–R
15 B
5 EA1
Y–B
RLO
L
5 B
RRO
GR–G(*1)
G (*2)
L
12 B
17
B–Y
FLO
8
6 1G
Y–L
3 B
B–R
FRO
Y–G
10 B
G
BRFA
G–Y
4 B
G–R
THFA
G–B
5 A
LG
BRC
Y–B
Y–R
1 B
4
C 9 A , C10 B , C11 C
COMBINATION METER
TRC
Y–L
B
B
1
B
TRAC OFF
W
L
Y–R
1
A
E1
LG–R
E6
B
ABS
D1
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1
(CHECK CONNECTOR)
IK1
B
Y–B
E1
TC
Y–L
LG
3
B–Y
J8
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
G–B
23
To Parking Brake
SW <24–3>
Y–L
G–R
22
TS WA
WB
11
TC
(Short Pin)
TRAC
R–L
16
P–L
G–Y
G
Y–L
GR–L(*1)
L–Y(*2)
G
D3
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR 2
14 (TDCL)
3
BR
P
D7 IK2
Y–G
BR
V
ABS
L–R
P–L
ED
Rear side
of intake
manifold
Power
Source
Cruise Control
1
3
2
3 1G
IG1 2 B–Y
15A
GAUGE
IG2
ST2 5
10A
ECU–IG
13 EB2
7 1A
3
R–L
A19
IC2
MC
12
11
B18
IC2
IC2
B14 IC2
B22 IC2
R–L
G–R
LG
P
SET/
COAST
A15
IC2
MO
L
G–R
A11
VR3
26
10
LG
MAIN
RESUME/
ACCEL
VR2
25
P
1
2
3
6
7
5
VR1
VR2
VR3
MO
MC
L
CANCEL
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
C10 A ORANGE
VR1
24
LG–R
2
18
12
LG–R
B
4
3
LG–B
CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
STP–
LG–B
R–L
C15
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
CMS
CCS
To Parking Brake SW
<24–3>
100A ALT
B
W–B
1
Y–B
R–L
15
GND
13
16
STP+
20
OD
B–O
3
9
IDL
B–W
PKB
J8
JUNCTION
GR–G(Canada) CONNECTOR
Y–L(USA)
R–L
15A AM2
40A AM1
7. 5A ECU–B
TC
8
R–B
PI
5
23
ECT
20 B
1
SPD
G–B(Canada)
G–W(USA)
22
G–W
N&C
V–W
2
BATT
1 3F
G
15
B
V
B
GR–R(Canada)
B (USA)
B–L
B
3 3D
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
G
D2 IK2
L–Y
B–Y
SHORT PIN
1
14
16
7
7 3F
N3
NOISE
FILTER
1 A
C10 A , C11 B
CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
5
8
1
F14 IK1
B–R
2
2
3
13
R–L
R–L
W–R
W
2
14
13 3D
5 EB2
18 3D
P–B
W–R
B–R
I11
IGNITION SW
G–W
6 1J
W–R
W
W–R
2
4
B–L
17 3D
4 EB1
W–R
W–R 11 AM2
2
S9
STOP LIGHT SW
ST1
R–L
From ” STOP” Fuse
<6–3>
4 AM1
See Taillight and Stop
Light System<6–2>
From Combination Meter
<24–5>
B–L
4
From Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission
ECU)<2–5><17–2>
B–Y
ACC
W
From Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission
ECU)<2–8>
From Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission
ECU)<17–2>
W–R
2
2 3 4 5
4
6 7 8 9 10
6 3F
M
GND
A/D
TC
IF
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Behind
combination meter
Front side of
left fender
EB
W–B
D3
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2
(TDCL)
4
4 3D
W–B
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
CLOSE
POTENTIOMETER
4
W–B
6 7 8 9
OPEN
C2
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
1 2 3 4 5
C13
CRUISE
CONTROL SW
[COMB. SW]
W–B
10
Y–L
C11 B GRAY
R–L
BATTERY
2 3F
W–B
B–L
1
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
EA
Front side of
right fender
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
20 LEXUS GS300
21 LEXUS GS300
Power
Source
Wiper and Washer
*1 : Fully–Concealed/Semi–Concealed Chengeover SW
1
3
2
4
B–Y
3 1G
ACC
4 AM1
IG1 2
20A
WIPER
ST1
W6
WIPER MOTOR
W–B
I11
IGNITION SW
1
W
15 1H
W5
WIPER ANGLE
CONTROL MOTOR
W–B
2 1D
6
4
L
2
L
M
+B
+2
5
9
1
2
S/M
PA1
PA2
PA3
17
G
+1
R–W
+S
5
V–G
+B
16
CO
6
M/F
M/B
W8
WIPER RELAY
OFF
ON
+1
4
S/S
7
VR1
14
2S
3
C1
10
SF
W
13
E
11
15
W–B
W–B
L–Y
L–R
LG–R
LG
L–W
L–O
INT
WIPER
LOW
VR2
18
Y(Canada)
V(USA)
L–B
OFF
L–B
L–R(Canada)
L–W(USA)
*1
1
VR2
SEMI
40A AM1
7
VR1
FULL
L–Y
8
+2S
1
R–Y
5
8
14 A
C1
4
P–L
1
EW
3
R
M
WASHER
SHORT PIN
2
W2
WASHER
MOTOR
KO
L–W(Canada)
L–O(USA)
W
3
L
L
WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
L
2
2
L–B
L
W
L
C12 A , C13 B
M
5
L
15 1A
L
NO. 3
3
6 1D
4 EB1
NO. 2
NO. 1
17 1H
13 3A
HIGH
100A ALT
13 A
6 A
5 A
12 A
2 B
11 B
10 B
1 B
J5
JUNCTION
A CONNECTOR
A
A
7 A
L–B
L–O
L–W
LG
LG–R
W–B
L–R
L–Y
2
11 A
4 3D
2
B–L
C
L–Y
C
A
IF
WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]
A
A
C12 A
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
Behind combination meter
BLACK
1
2
8
9 10 11 12 13 14
3 4 5
6
7
B
C13 B
1
2 3 4 5 6 7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
J11
JUNCTION A
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Behind
combination meter
IF
B
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
L–Y
W–B
J5
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
W–B
W–B
C
BATTERY
IE
Left kick
panel
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
22 LEXUS GS300
Power
Source
Cellular Mobile Telephone
1
3
2
4
G–R
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
B–Y
T15 B
4 AM1
I11
IGNITION SW
7 1A
B–R
G–R
M5 B
3
5
4
13
16
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
22
11
24
6
1
8
15
14
B
W
W
W
W
5 A
12 A
12 B
8 A
8 B
1 B
6 B
3 A
2 B
11 B
LG
B
(SHIELDED)
W
(SHIELDED)
L
11 BS2
4 BS2
3 BS2
8 BS2
7 BS2
12 BS2
5 BS2
9
PH+
BATTERY
B–R
2 B
1
2
M5 B ,M6
3 B
A
MOBILEPHONE
W–B
B–R
R13
REAR DOOR
SPEAKER LH
BL
Under the front
seat LH
18
W–B
2 A
(SHIELDED)
B
7 A
6 IE2
L
(SHIELDED)
8 A
W
(SHIELDED)
3 A
B
4 A
LG
5 A
P
6 A
Y
1 A
7 IE2
11 A
6 A
(SHIELDED)
P
10 BS2
1 A
B
Y
9 BS2
G
G–W
Y
B
1 B
7 A
6 BS2
GR
6 BS3
2 A
G
B–L
11 IM3
See Radio and Player
System<23–7>
7 B
GR
9 BQ1
G–W
Y
8 BQ1
4 A
B–R
B
2
5 B
B
5
B–W
L–W
R–W
4 B
17
B
W
G
R–W
G
GR–W
BR
R
10
O
4
2
8 3E
3
2
SPEAKER RELAY
G–W
100A ALT
17 3D
12
Y
9
18
B
3
1
23
V
1
2
25
BR
6
Y–B
3
2 1
8 7 6 5 4
7
19
R–W
10
L
40A AM1
15A TEL
19
3 B
R
8
M6 A
A
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
GR
R
G–B
3 2 1
T15 B , T16
9 A
B–R
SHORT PIN
10 A
5
20
3 IE1
B–R
2
5 BS3
GR–R
W
G–R
4 IE1
MOBILEPHONE
2
5 4
3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6
10A
ECU–IG
ST1
13
IJ2
GR–R
W
4 EB1
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
IG1 2
GR–R
From A/C Control Assembly
<25–6>
G–R
G–R
3 EB1
T16 A
3 1G
ACC
PH–
C14
TELEPHONE
MICROPHONE SW
[COMB. SW]
Luggage room
left
A
BM
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Power Source
Radio and Player
1
3
2
4
B–Y
RADIO AND PLAYER
W
W
4 AM1
ACC 3
Y(Canada)
P–L(USA)
IG1 2
B–Y
10 1G
R2 B
R 3 A BLUE
4 1E
1 2 3 4
ST1
5
15A
CIG
W
I11
IGNITION SW
1
8 9
1 2
5 6 7
5 6 7
10 11 12 13
3 4
8 9 10
14 15
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
7. 5A
PANEL
3
2
R 4 C GRAY
6 1L
7 1J
18 1H
See Taillight System<6–1>
4 EB1
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
LG
GR
GR
L–Y
L–Y
W–L
W
W
W–L
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER AND SPEAKER RELAY
T15 B
1 EB1
5 EB1
T16 A
9 IM1
1 2 3
4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2
2
2
5 4
3 2 1
12 11 10 9 8 7 6
GR
W–L
L–Y
2
10 3D
SHORT PIN
16
3C
13 3B
LG
LG
GR
GR
W–L
L–Y
25
12
10A DOME
7
25A RAD NO. 1
26
40A AM1
100A ALT
2
G
18 3E
6 IM3
8
G
5 1C
5
1
16 3D
1 1C
3
W–L
9 3D
9
3C
11
L–Y
L–Y
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
1 3D
S15 C ORANGE
S14 B BLUE
S16 A
2
GR
L–Y
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
B–L
1 2 3 4
8 9
16 IE1
10 11 12 13
5 6 7
14 15
GR
BATTERY
L–Y
L–Y
CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER
C16 A GRAY
1
2
3 4 5 6
C17 B GRAY
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
(Cont. next page)
23 LEXUS GS300
23 LEXUS GS300 (Cont’ d)
Radio and Player
5
B–Y
ILL+ ACC
+B
ILL–
6 A
GND
5 C
CDL–
8 C
CDL+ CDR– CDR+ SGND TXS–
2 C
7 C
TXM–
1 C 13 C 11 C 10 C
9 C
B , R3
ACC
3 C 14 C
A , R4
+B
C
FRL+
6 C
RADIO AND PLAYER
FRL–
1 B
B–Y
R2
TXM+
SE2
8 B
FRR+ FRR–
2 B
3 B
SE1
9 B
RRL+
5 B
4 B
RRL–
14 B
SE4
B–R
2
ANTA
ANT
ANTB
A31
AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR
AND RELAY
ACC
B
E
8
BR
1
3
6
7
W–B
L–Y
10 BS1
5
B–R
4
P–L
Y
3 BS1
4 IE1
AMP
RL–
13 C
2 BS1
B–O
RL+
5 C
7 BS3
GR
SP+
5 B
12 A
AUD–
4
MUTE B
SP–
12 B
Y
8 BQ1
9 BQ1
Y
2
W–B
1
R13 REAR DOOR
SPEAKER LH
B
W
1
R14 REAR DOOR
SPEAKER RH
2
AUD+
B
T15 B , T16 A
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER
AND SPEAKER RELAY
W
9 BR1
R
1
R
V
2
8 BR1
Instrument panel
brace LH
BR
L–Y
F 8 FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER LH
Luggage room
right
1
7 IF1
P
BN
L
Behind
glove box
2
2 IF1
F 9 FRONT DOOR
SPEAKER RH
IG
1
LG
W–B
A
J13
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
2
W11
WOOFER SPEAKER
GR
L–Y
LG–R
LG–B
W–B
W–B
B
GR
2 IN1
V
7 IN1
P
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
L
LG
B
5 A
R–L
11 BS1
Y
B
V
4 BS1
W–B
T
R8
RHEOSTAT
AMP
B
W
R
V
P
L
P
E
10 B
MUTE
8 BS1
B–W
RR–
7 1A
B–O
RR+
6 C 14 C
B–O
FL–
9 C
B–W
FL+
3 C
B–W
FR–
12 C
LG
L
7 BS1
B–Y
FR+
4 C
LG–R
LG–B
GR
W–B
5
4
W–B
LG
GND
10A
ECU–IG
5 IJ2
B–Y
WF–
7 C
GR
W–B
W–L
W–B
7
6 BS1
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
W–L
L–Y
B–Y
11 A 12 A
BEEP
3 1G
1 BS1
W–G
B
W–L
GR
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
14 IJ2
R–G
10 A
SE3
ANTB
10 A
R–G
7 A
ANT
9 A
4 IJ2
R–L
15 A
RRR+ RRR–
ANTA
4 A
R–G
R–L
SE4
B
LG
R–G
WF+
1 C
AMP
3 A
15 IJ2
BR
ACC
2 B
R–W
E
8 B
W–L
W–L
E
7 B
W–B
To Luggage Compartment
Light SW<7–4>
+B2
5 B
R–W
B
1 B
TLMT
8 A
19 IJ1
BR
W–G
G
GR
CD AUTOMATIC CHANGER
6 A
13 A
BR
14 A
RRL+ RRL–
4 IJ1
L–B
SE1
S14 B , S15 C , S16 A
7 B
R–W
5 A
4 A
L–B
C16 A , C17 B
SW
9 A
FRR+ FRR–
E
7 A
BR–W
3 A
SE2
MUTE
7 IJ1
LG
2 A
V
8 A
FRL+ FRL–
(SHIELDED)
BR–Y
1 A
+B
P
4 B
ACC
L
3 B
9 IJ1
22 IJ1
20 IJ1
BR–B
1 A
TXM– TXM+
(SHIELDED)
3 A
W
TXS+
BR–R
L–Y
2 A
B
(SHIELDED)
G
R
(SHIELDED)
6 A
CDL+ CDR– CDR+ SGND TXS–
8 IJ1
11 IJ1
GND
11 B 12 B
12 IJ2
10 IJ1
21 IJ1
2 IJ1
BEEP
10 B
BR–W
13 IJ1
7 B
LG
1 IJ1
V
(SHIELDED)
3 IJ1
12 IJ1
GR
LG
8 B
11 IJ2
1 IJ2
L
1 B
O
5 B
10 IJ2
23 IJ2
L–W
(SHIELDED)
2 B
CDL–
22 IJ2
B
W
6 B
8 IJ2
R
GND
G
BR–W
9 B
7 IJ2
9 IJ2
BR
2 IJ2
6 IJ2
SE3
15 B
BR–Y
P
L
(SHIELDED)
W
B
(SHIELDED)
G
R
(SHIELDED)
BR
12 IH2
21 IJ2
RRR+ RRR–
6 B
13 B
BR–B
BR–R
L–Y
GR
LG
L
O
L–W
(SHIELDED)
B
W
R
G
BR–W
W–G
GR
L–Y
G
20 IJ2
8
7
6
TXS+
2 A 5 A 1 A
Auto Antenna
II
J12
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
Luggage
room
left
A
BM
IG
Power
Source
1
B–Y
4 AM1
3 1G
IG1 2
ST1
L–Y
R–L
R–L
Y–B
Y–B
Y–R
Y–R
R–G
Y–B
(*2)
L–R
17
3A
B–Y
B–Y
15
3D
R–L
4 EB1
L–R
3
SHORT PIN
2
1
Y–B
(*1 *3)
COMBINATION METER
C9 B
D7
DIODE
(for Traction
Control)
14 3D
Left kick panel
From ABS ECU
(w/o Traction Control)
<18–3>
IE
From ABS and Traction
ECU<19–8>
W–B
Front side of
intake manifold
From Traction ECU
<19–12>
J2
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
EC
Y–B
Y–B(*1 *4)
Y–B
(*3)
Y–B
(*3)
BATTERY
1
2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
W–B
B
C10 C ORANGE
1
P4
PARKING BRAKE
SW
2
B
16 3E
3 4
1 2
5 6 7 8 9 10
R–G(*1 *4)
B1
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SW
8 3F
15
3A
1
W–B
W–B
B–L
O2
OIL PRESSURE SW
1
R–G
(*3)
Y–B
(*3)
2
2
C
R–G(*3)
2
W1
WASHER LEVEL
WARNING SW
100A ALT
10A DOME
E5
ENGINE OIL LEVEL
WARNING SW
Y–B
1
1
1
16 3A
C
J9
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C
F3
IK1
V1
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(SPEED SENSOR)NO. 1
(for Combination Meter)
Y–B
Y–B(*1)
R–G
(*2)
Y–B
(*2)
R–G
(*3)
Y–R
40A AM1
7
L–Y
D1 IK2
8
2
1
2
F8 IK1
5
12
F2 IK1
R–L
3
From Cruise Control
ECU<20–2>
From ABS and
Traction ECU
<19–8>
R–G
Y–R
Y–B
2
E14 IK1
From Daytime Running
Light Relay ” BRK” <4–2>
To Daytime Running
Light Relay ” PKB” <4–2>
W
L–Y
2
11
Y–B
L–R
1 EB1
Y–B
Y–B(*1)
W
L–Y
9 1H
Y–B(*2)
Y–B(*2)
ST2
I11
IGNITION SW
4
L–Y
6
R–L
1J
IG2
USA
Canada
w/ Traction Control
w/o Traction Control
R–G
15A
GAUGE
1 1C
AM2
3
2
ACC
12 1K
*1 :
*2 :
*3 :
*4 :
Combination Meter
C11 A GRAY
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
L–B
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
(Cont. next page)
24 LEXUS GS300
24 LEXUS GS300(Cont’ d)
*1 : USA
*2 : Canada
*3 : TAILLIGHT INDICATOR(Canada)
HEADLIGHT INDICATOR(USA)
Combination Meter
5
L–Y
R–L
R–L
Y–B
C
C
C
C
11
Y–B
OIL
A
WATER TEMP.
A
7
Y–B
R–G
See Taillight and
Stop Light System
<6–3>
B
HIGH BEAM
9
L–R
11
WASHER
LEVEL
A
REAR
LIGHT
B
(*1)
LH
B
9
TURN
RH
BRAKE
A
V–W
3
14
C
B–W
C
SPEED
13
12
C
From Park/Neutral Position SW
(Neutral Start SW)<1–2>
W–B
23
C
14
10
3A
To PPS ECU
<16–2>
V–W
1
3A
To A/C Control
Assembly<25–5>
V–W
11
3B
L–B
10
(*2)
ILLUMINATION
(*3)
C
A
O/D OFF
18
5
D
B
TRAC OFF
A
4
1
See Cruise Control System
<20–2>
A
CRUISE
N
BR–Y
2
A
Y–B
12
IM3
Y–B
C
7
Y–R
2
IM3
A
P
1
SEAT BELT
A
Y–R
C
8
J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
A
FUEL
7
B
B
2
FUEL
8
3
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
3
See Unlock and Seat Belt
Warning System<7–2>
Behind
combination
meter
A
IF
W–B
7
IM3
See Electronically Controlled
Transmission and A/T
Indicator System<17–6>
A
20
R
BR–Y
1
A
Behind
glove
box
IG
EC
Front side
of intake
manifold
W3
WATER
TEMP. SENDER
TRAC
4
A
6
2
B
See ABS and Traction
Control System<19–11>
4 3D
17
L
A
From Rheostat
<8–2>
See Illumination System
<8–3>
A
ABS
21
W–R
4
Y–G
See ABS and Traction
Control System<19–11>
See ABS System
<18–3>
2
C
BR
2
12 3D
R–B
C
W–B
B
MALFUNCTION
INDICATOR LAMP
(CHECK ENGINE)
C 9 B , C10 C , C11 A
COMBINATION METER
W–B
See Engine Control
System<2–3>
W–B
C
15
See Electronically Controlled
Transmission and A/T
Indicator System<17–5>
From Igniter
<1–3>
9
RESET
A/B
B
C
TACHO
5V
L–B
1
See Interior Light System
<7–2>
12
OPEN
DOOR
W–B
V–W
A
ODO METER
To Cruise Control ECU
<20–3>
F14
FUEL SENDER
See Electronically Controlled Transmission
and A/T Indicator System<17–5>
B
CHARGE
A
10
V–W
3E
F9 IK1
ECT PWR
A
1
3E
F7 IK1
10
15
L–R
To Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission
ECU)<2–7><17–2>
See Turn Signal and Hazard
Warning Light System<9–4>
B
13
See Charging
System<1–4>
See Headlight System
<3–3><4–4>
5
B
6
8
Y–B
See SRS(Supplemental Restraint System)
<16–4>
A
Y–G
R–G
10
OIL LEVEL
B
BR
Y–R
BR
22
SRS
19
Y–R
Y–G
21
1
8
7
6
L–Y
Power Source
Radiator Fan and Automatic Air Conditioning
1
3
2
4
W–R
W–R
Y(Canada)
P–L(USA)
4 AM1
IG1 2
3 1G
B–Y
2
ST1
13 3D
W–R
W
13 EB2
4 EB1
10
I11
IGNITION SW
10A
ECU–IG
4 1E
10 1G
3
30A
RDI
FAN
15A
GAUGE
9 1H
1
7. 5A
PANEL
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
15A
CIG
9
7 1A
W
ACC 3
Y(Canada)
P–L(USA)
13 3C
4
2
2
18 1H
L
L
B–Y
B–R
LG
7 1J
16
3D
6
3C
LG
B–Y
W
W
W–R
1
2
4
SHORT
PIN
EA
2
IG
1
L–W
Behind
glove box
2
EB2
EB2
17
C5
IK2
4
A3
A/C LOCK SENSOR
AND A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
W–B
Front side of
right fender
5
L–W
3 IP1
GR–R
Front side of
left fender
C1 IK2
W
W–B
EB
2
W
C2 IK2
GR
R1
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
2
3
A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH RELAY
GR–R
GR
B3
BLOWER MOTOR
W–B
W–B
1
W–B
W–B
W–B
M
1
1
2
1
1
W–B
1
M
2
To Engine
Control Module
(Engine and
Electronically
Controlled
Transmission
ECU)<2–8>
W–B
W–B
BATTERY
W4
WATER TEMP.
SW
16 EA1
2
2
C1
CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
2
M
10
IH2
B–Y
1 IP1
B
L–B
B–L
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W
L–B
Y(Canada)
P–L(USA)
2 A
3 A
+B
SI
B4 B , B5 A
BLOWER MOTOR
CONTROL RELAY
M+
M–
GND
2 B
1 B
1 A
2
L–B
3
3 EA2
A
B5 A
3
L–B
W–B
W–B
A
A
2
A2
A/C SINGLE
PRESSURE SW
[A/C TRIPLE
PRESSURE SW]
2
A
1
2
L–W
2
3
2
W–B
2
L
100A ALT
4
2
2
15 EA1
RADIATOR
FAN MAIN
RELAY
2
B4 B
2 IP1
4
2
1
BLOWER MOTOR
CONTROL RELAY
2
2
L–W
B–R
2
5
3
P–B
3
EB2
B–Y
B–R
L–Y
15
L–O
5
EB2
RADIATOR
FAN RELAY
24 EB2
3
IH1
L–Y
L–Y(Canada)
L–O(USA)
7
P–L
4
2
2
1
4
1
B–Y
B–Y
L–O
B–R
13
B–Y
L–O
60A ABS
50A HEATER
6
40A AM1
7. 5A ECU–B
8
P–L
9
L–Y
5
P–L
6
3F
B–R
2
3B
B–Y
L–Y
2
10
3D
B–Y
3B
7 3D
3
2
GR
18
3A
2
14
17
3A
HEATER
RELAY
2
3
5
3D
B–Y
17 3D
2
2
1
EB2
B–Y
2
5
9
B–Y
GR
GR–R
L–W
L–W
B
B
B J4
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
L–W
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
(Cont. next page)
25 LEXUS GS300
25 LEXUS GS300(Cont’ d)
Radiator Fan and Automatic Air Conditioning
5
7
6
8
W–R
V–W 19
P–L
2
B–Y
6
A CBLS
TPO B
C ILL+
AIR A
A SPEED
AIF A
C ACC
TPI B
11 Y–B
IH1
4 R–W
IH1
3 R–L
IH1
10 R–B
IH1
L–Y 16
15
IH1
GR
14
IH1
P
GR
P
23
1
TE B
WARM
4 R–Y
Y–L 22
TAM B
A AMC
A DIN
MGC A
TEL IN A
PSW A
IH1
20 Y–R
IH1
GR–R
18
5
B
A14 IC2
B–W
19 Y–R
20
17 L
L–B
To Telephone Transceiver
and Speaker Relay <22–3>
G–B
GND C
21
From Defogger Relay <11–1>
IH1
W–B
(Canada)
18
L
IH1
5
IC2
A18
L
6
A2
A/C DUAL
PRESSURE SW
[A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW]
4
1 W–B
W–B
(Canada)
5
3B
W–B
4
3D
A
A
W–B
8
G–B
1
2
R–Y
A
1
A
R–Y
J10 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
9
IH2
R–Y
2
C
11
4
IGN
COMP
GND
10
SG
12
MGC–IN
6
C
5
B
J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C
R–Y
IG
1
LOCK OUT MGC–OUT
W–B
TS B
A/C
L–W
A14 A/C SOLAR
SENSOR
A12
A/C LOCK
AMPLIFIER
GR–R
B TW
S5 B
6 II1
IC2
A10
GR
B–W
B
B–Y
3
B–W
1
W7
WATER TEMP. SENSOR
(for A/C System)
IH1
10 L–B
GR
GR–R
1
A1
A/C AMBIENT
TEMP. SENSOR
1
2
R–Y
G–R 7
B
B–W
R–Y
12
IH1
G–R
3
11
IH2
J11 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
(for Earth)
9
II1
6 B–L
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
7
VER1 A
G–R
1 2
B–W
B TP
3 B–W
B–Y
R–L
17 R–B
B
9
G
A10 C ORANGE
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
A AMH
RDFGR A
L–O
21
A9 B
Y–R
L–O
2
R–W
L–B
5
P–B
Y–B
2
B–W(Canada)
B (USA)
COOL
5
13
P–B
II1
IH1
To Data Link
Connector 1
(Check Connector)
<16–4>
7 R–Y
II1
11
8 L–O
II1
IH1
P–B
10
A DOUT
LOCK IN A
1
2
6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
3
From Igniter
<1–3>
2
M
To Data Link
Connector 2
(TDCL)<2–3>
4
P
II1
TR B
A HR
5
8 BR–W
B–W
A22 AIR MIX CONTROL
SERVO MOTOR
A BLW
1 2 3 4 5
4
To Engine Control Module
(Engine and Electronically
Controlled Transmission ECU)
<2–8>
L–Y
9
R–Y
1
B–W
P–L
2
B–W
5
SG B
P–L
3
J10 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
B B–W
B–W
A13 A/C ROOM TEMP.
SENSOR
B
1
2
B–W
A11 A/C EVAPORATOR
TEMP. SENSOR
1
2
22 B–L
B–W
IH1
C IG
B–Y
L–W
IH1
5
B–W
8
6BR–W
4
R–B
12
AOD A
A8 A
R–Y
B–Y
Y
LG
AOF A
A CBLO
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
R–L
IH1
C +B
2
R–W
4
From Speed Meter
[Comb. Meter] <24–5>
J10 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
P–L
3 Y
II1
C
L–R 13
Y–G 1
IH1 7
Y–B
Y
C
5
IH1
L–R
7 Y–G
B–W
2
II1
L–R
1 II1
LG
A 8 A , A 9 B , A10 C
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
1
1
M
RECIRC
3
B–Y
4
W–R
OPEN
M
FRESH
M10
MAX COOL
CONTROL SERVO
MOTOR
FACE
M
A23
AIR VENT MODE
CONTROL SERVO
MOTOR
DEF
SHUT
A21
AIR INLET CONTROL
SERVO MOTOR
J7
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
C
R–Y
W–B
Behind
combination meter
IF
EA
Front side of
right fender
Behind
glove box
IG
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement